WO2022004785A1 - 透明積層体、画像表示装置、両面反射防止積層体、および顔用透明保護具 - Google Patents
透明積層体、画像表示装置、両面反射防止積層体、および顔用透明保護具 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022004785A1 WO2022004785A1 PCT/JP2021/024740 JP2021024740W WO2022004785A1 WO 2022004785 A1 WO2022004785 A1 WO 2022004785A1 JP 2021024740 W JP2021024740 W JP 2021024740W WO 2022004785 A1 WO2022004785 A1 WO 2022004785A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- less
- transparent
- transparent laminate
- laminate
- refractive index
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000001012 protector Effects 0.000 title description 4
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 title 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 265
- 239000002346 layers by function Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 125
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 201
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 100
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 95
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 95
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 56
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000002310 reflectometry Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 183
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 177
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 134
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 98
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 88
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 84
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 74
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 71
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 68
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 60
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 50
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 47
- 229940043265 methyl isobutyl ketone Drugs 0.000 description 43
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 32
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 31
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- -1 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 26
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 229940105570 ornex Drugs 0.000 description 19
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 18
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 16
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 16
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000004840 adhesive resin Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920006223 adhesive resin Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 101001074560 Arabidopsis thaliana Aquaporin PIP1-2 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 13
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical group CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000019645 odor Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 11
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CO)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N omega-Hydroxydodecanoic acid Natural products OCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 9
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012798 spherical particle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940081735 acetylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940096522 trimethylolpropane triacrylate Drugs 0.000 description 6
- MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-trimethylphenanthrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1C MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SMEGJBVQLJJKKX-HOTMZDKISA-N [(2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-5-acetyloxy-3,4,6-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H](O1)O)OC(=O)C)O)O SMEGJBVQLJJKKX-HOTMZDKISA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000012662 bulk polymerization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diacetone alcohol Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000089 atomic force micrograph Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KNSXNCFKSZZHEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C KNSXNCFKSZZHEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 3
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDSUVTROAWLVJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO FDSUVTROAWLVJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003350 Spectratech® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003667 anti-reflective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008921 facial expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl acetate Chemical compound CCCOC(C)=O YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZXHZWRZAWJVPIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diisocyanatonaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(N=C=O)C(N=C=O)=CC=C21 ZXHZWRZAWJVPIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTTZISZSHSCFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)benzene Chemical compound O=C=NCC1=CC=CC(CN=C=O)=C1 RTTZISZSHSCFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisocyanatobenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC(N=C=O)=C1 VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALQLPWJFHRMHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diisocyanatobenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 ALQLPWJFHRMHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RESPXSHDJQUNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-piperidin-1-ylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CC(=O)N1CCCCC1 RESPXSHDJQUNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTTPXKJBFFKCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methyl-4-heptanone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(=O)CC(C)C PTTPXKJBFFKCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SERCPQYXEUPQHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-diisocyanato-5-methylcyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound O=C=NC1(C)C=CC=CC1N=C=O SERCPQYXEUPQHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical class CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical group [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013032 Hydrocarbon resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004566 IR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004640 Melamine resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000746 allylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000003373 anti-fouling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002519 antifouling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic anhydride Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- SYFOAKAXGNMQAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) carbonate;2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCO.C=CCOC(=O)OCC=C SYFOAKAXGNMQAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPOZNMOEPOHHSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl prop-2-enoate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCCCOC(=O)C=C BPOZNMOEPOHHSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLIJPAHLBJIQHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylphosphane Chemical compound CCCCP DLIJPAHLBJIQHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012461 cellulose resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006026 co-polymeric resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N desyl alcohol Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940105990 diglycerin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004438 eyesight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical class O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACCCMOQWYVYDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)O ACCCMOQWYVYDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006270 hydrocarbon resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical class CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropanol acetate Natural products CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940011051 isopropyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Mg+2] ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012788 optical film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011242 organic-inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000489 osmium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012285 osmium tetroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010702 perfluoropolyether Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYDGMDWEHDFVQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;trioxotungsten Chemical compound O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.O=[W](=O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O IYDGMDWEHDFVQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012985 polymerization agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propiophenone Chemical class CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001927 ruthenium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005361 soda-lime glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012086 standard solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XBFJAVXCNXDMBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracyclo[6.2.1.1(3,6).0(2,7)]dodec-4-ene Chemical compound C1C(C23)C=CC1C3C1CC2CC1 XBFJAVXCNXDMBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012780 transparent material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000016776 visual perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
- G02B1/10—Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
- G02B1/11—Anti-reflection coatings
- G02B1/111—Anti-reflection coatings using layers comprising organic materials
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A41—WEARING APPAREL
- A41D—OUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
- A41D13/00—Professional, industrial or sporting protective garments, e.g. surgeons' gowns or garments protecting against blows or punches
- A41D13/05—Professional, industrial or sporting protective garments, e.g. surgeons' gowns or garments protecting against blows or punches protecting only a particular body part
- A41D13/11—Protective face masks, e.g. for surgical use, or for use in foul atmospheres
- A41D13/1184—Protective face masks, e.g. for surgical use, or for use in foul atmospheres with protection for the eyes, e.g. using shield or visor
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B17/00—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
- B32B17/06—Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B23/00—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
- B32B23/04—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B23/00—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
- B32B23/20—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising esters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
- B32B7/023—Optical properties
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/04—Interconnection of layers
- B32B7/12—Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
- G02B1/10—Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
- G02B1/14—Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A41—WEARING APPAREL
- A41D—OUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
- A41D2400/00—Functions or special features of garments
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/10—Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/26—Polymeric coating
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/28—Multiple coating on one surface
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
- B32B2307/412—Transparent
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/40—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
- B32B2307/414—Translucent
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
- B32B2307/536—Hardness
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
- B32B2307/538—Roughness
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
- B32B2307/54—Yield strength; Tensile strength
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/70—Other properties
- B32B2307/732—Dimensional properties
- B32B2307/737—Dimensions, e.g. volume or area
- B32B2307/7375—Linear, e.g. length, distance or width
- B32B2307/7376—Thickness
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
- B32B2457/20—Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2571/00—Protective equipment
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/17—Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the material investigated
- G01N21/25—Colour; Spectral properties, i.e. comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands
- G01N21/31—Investigating relative effect of material at wavelengths characteristic of specific elements or molecules, e.g. atomic absorption spectrometry
- G01N21/35—Investigating relative effect of material at wavelengths characteristic of specific elements or molecules, e.g. atomic absorption spectrometry using infrared light
- G01N2021/3595—Investigating relative effect of material at wavelengths characteristic of specific elements or molecules, e.g. atomic absorption spectrometry using infrared light using FTIR
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a transparent laminate, an image display device, a double-sided antireflection laminate, a double-sided antireflection laminate, and a transparent protective device for a face.
- a front plate may be arranged via an air layer (air gap) on the observer side of the display panel in order to improve durability.
- the front plate is usually composed of a glass plate, but an antireflection film may be provided on the display panel side of the glass plate in order to suppress reflection of external light (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
- the new coronavirus is currently rampant all over the world. It is known that the new coronavirus is transmitted by droplets, and in order to prevent this droplet infection, wear a transparent face shield such as a face shield or have a conversation with a transparent partition. Sometimes. In addition, such protective equipment is required in situations where all people come into contact with each other in terms of hygiene such as prevention of infection with other viruses and prevention of stains.
- the present invention has been made to solve the above problems. That is, a transparent laminate having antireflection and excellent antifogging properties and having a visual reflectance that does not easily change even in an environment where fogging is likely to occur, an image display device provided with the transparent laminate, a double-sided antireflection laminate, and double-sided reflection. It is an object of the present invention to provide a transparent face protective device provided with a preventive laminate.
- a transparent laminated body including a functional layer and a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer, wherein the surface of the low refractive index layer forms the surface of the transparent laminated body.
- a transparent laminated body including a functional layer and a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer, and an absorption spectrum obtained by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy on the surface of the transparent laminated body.
- the ratio of the second peak intensity of the second wave number region of 1780 cm -1 ⁇ 1700 cm -1 for the first peak intensity of the first wavenumber range of 1150 cm -1 ⁇ 1000 cm -1 is 1.25 or more 2.20 or less , Transparent laminate.
- a transparent laminated body including a functional layer and a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer, and an absorption spectrum obtained by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy on the surface of the transparent laminated body.
- the ratio of the second peak intensity of the second wave number region of 1780 cm -1 ⁇ 1700 cm -1 for the first peak intensity of the first wavenumber range of 1150 cm -1 ⁇ 1000 cm -1 is 0.01 to 0.40 , Transparent laminate.
- the indene hardness of the transparent laminate on the surface is 20 MPa or more and 100 MPa or less, and the composite elastic modulus of the transparent laminate on the surface is 0.15 GPa or more and 1.5 GPa or less.
- An image display device including a display panel and a light-transmitting front plate arranged on the observer side of the display panel via an air layer between the display panel and the front plate.
- the image comprises the base material and the transparent laminate according to any one of the above [1] to [13] arranged on at least one of the display panel side and the observer side of the base material. Display device.
- a double-sided antireflection laminate having an antireflection function on both sides, the transparent laminate according to any one of the above [1] to [13] is opposite to the surface of the transparent laminate.
- a double-sided antireflection laminate comprising an antireflection film arranged on the back surface side of the above, and a transparent adhesive layer for joining the transparent laminate and the antireflection film.
- the double-sided reflectance of the double-sided antireflection laminate is 0.1% or more and 2% or less, and the visual reflectance of the surface of the transparent laminate is equal to or higher than the visual reflectance of the antireflection film.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate according to any one of the above [17] to [19].
- the double-sided reflectance of the double-sided antireflection laminate is 0.1% or more and 2% or less, and the absolute value of the difference between the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate and the visual reflectance of the antireflection film.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate according to any one of [17] to [19] above, wherein ⁇ Y2 is 1.0% or less.
- a transparent laminate having antireflection and excellent antifogging properties, and the visual reflectance is less likely to change even in an environment where fogging is likely to occur an image display device provided with the transparent laminate, and a double-sided antireflection laminate.
- a transparent face protector with a double-sided antireflection laminate As well as a transparent face protector with a double-sided antireflection laminate.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a transparent laminated body according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram of another transparent laminated body according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic configuration diagram of another transparent laminated body according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic configuration diagram of another transparent laminated body according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic configuration diagram of another transparent laminated body according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic configuration diagram of an image display device according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of the transparent face protective device according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of the double-sided antireflection laminate shown in FIG. 7.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic view showing a state in which a sample for measuring double-sided reflectance is placed in a holder.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of another double-sided antireflection laminate according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic configuration diagram of another double-sided antireflection laminate according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of the single-sided antireflection laminate according to the embodiment.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a transparent laminate according to the present embodiment
- FIGS. 2 to 5 are schematic configuration diagrams of other transparent laminates according to the present embodiment
- FIG. 6 is a schematic configuration diagram of an image display device according to the present embodiment
- FIG. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of a transparent face protective device according to the present embodiment.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of the double-sided antireflection laminate shown in FIG. 7
- FIGS. 9 to 11 are schematic configuration diagrams of other double-sided antireflection laminates according to the present embodiment
- FIG. 12 is the present embodiment. It is a schematic block diagram of the single-sided antireflection laminated body which concerns on a form.
- the transparent laminate 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a transparent laminate having antireflection and antifog properties. That is, the transparent laminate 10 functions as an antireflection film and an antifog film.
- transparent as used herein means that the term “transparency” is sufficient as long as it is transparent enough to realize transparency according to the intended use.
- the transparent laminate 10 includes a base material 11, a functional layer 12, and a low refractive index layer 13 having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer 12 in this order.
- the low refractive index layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12.
- the transparent laminate 10 includes the base material 11, but the base material 11 does not have to be provided. Further, at least one other functional layer may be provided on the low refractive index layer 13.
- the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 shown in FIG. 1 is the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13. Since the term "surface" of the transparent laminate is used in the present specification to mean the surface of the transparent laminate on the low refractive index layer side, the surface of the transparent laminate opposite to the surface of the transparent laminate is the transparent laminate. It shall be referred to as the "back surface” to distinguish it from the front surface.
- the back surface 10B of the transparent laminate 10 is the second surface 11B of the base material 11.
- the surface of the transparent laminate is the surface of the uppermost layer in this functional layer. Examples of the functional layer include an extremely thin antifouling layer and an antistatic layer having a diameter of 1 nm or more and 50 nm or less.
- At least one of the layers constituting the transparent laminate 10 contains an ultraviolet absorber.
- an ultraviolet absorber a known ultraviolet absorber can be used.
- the transparent laminate 10 In the transparent laminate 10, the transparent laminate 10 is left in an environment of ⁇ 15 ° C. for 5 minutes, then moved to an environment of 20 ° C. or higher and 25 ° C. or lower, and a relative humidity of 40% or higher and 70% or lower, and left for 5 minutes.
- the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 does not become cloudy.
- the -15 ° C environment in the anti-fog test can be obtained with a refrigerator. Further, when the anti-fog test is performed, a sample cut out from the transparent laminated body 10 is used, and the size of the sample is 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm.
- this sample is placed on an acrylic blackboard with a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm ⁇ 2 mm (for example, product name “Comoglas Acrylic Plate”, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) with a transparent adhesive having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m (product name “PD-”). Paste with "S1", manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.).
- the transparent laminate is attached so that the back surface is on the blackboard side made of acrylic, and the front surface of the transparent laminate is the observation side.
- the one formed in this way is used as a measurement sample.
- Whether or not the surface of the measurement sample (surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13) is not fogged shall be determined by visually observing the surface of the measurement sample immediately after the anti-fog test.
- the transparent laminate 10 was left at 20 ° C. or higher and 25 ° C. or lower and the relative humidity was 40% or higher and 70% or lower for 5 minutes. This is because it does not become cloudy immediately after being moved to an environment below °C, but it may become cloudy over time.
- the absolute value of the difference in the visual reflectance Y of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 before and after the anti-fog test ( ⁇ ⁇ the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate before the anti-fog test-anti-fog).
- ⁇ Y1 which is the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate after the cloudiness test ⁇ ) is 0.2% or less.
- the visual reflectance Y can be measured using a spectrophotometer (for example, product name "UV-2600", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). Specifically, first, a sample of the above size is cut out from the transparent laminate 10, and then the surface of the sample before the antifogging test (such as the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13) is used using the spectrophotometer.
- Light with an incident angle of 5 degrees is irradiated from the side, the reflected light in the normal reflection direction reflected by the sample is received, and the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm is measured.
- "light with an incident angle of 5 degrees” refers to light that is tilted 5 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the surface of the sample (the surface of the low refractive index layer) when the normal direction is 0 degrees. means.
- the visual reflectance Y is calculated by software that converts the brightness as perceived by human eyes (for example, software built in the UV-2600). Then, the anti-fog test is performed on the sample.
- the visual reflectance Y in the sample after the anti-fog test is obtained in the same manner as the visual reflectance Y in the sample before the anti-fog test, and the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 before and after the anti-fog test is obtained.
- the absolute value of the difference in the visual reflectance Y is obtained.
- the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate before the antifogging test and the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate after the antifogging test were measured at 40 points at random in the sample, respectively, and the measured 40 points of vision were measured. It is the arithmetic mean value of the sensitivity reflectance.
- the upper limit of ⁇ Y1 is more preferably 0.2% or less, 0.15% or less, and 0.125% or less.
- the lower limit of ⁇ Y1 is 0% or more, but may be 0.03% or more.
- the visibility of the transparent laminate 10 before and after the light resistance test in which the transparent laminate 10 is irradiated with light for example, light from a carbon arc lamp
- ⁇ Y3 which is the absolute value of the difference in reflectance Y ( ⁇ visual reflectance of the transparent laminate before the light resistance test-visual reflectance of the transparent laminate after the light resistance test ⁇ ) is also 0.5% or less. Is preferable.
- the light resistance test can be performed using a fade meter (for example, product name "ultraviolet fade meter U48AU", manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.).
- a sample of the above size is cut out from the transparent laminate, and then the visual reflectance Y before the light resistance test is obtained by using the spectrophotometer in the same manner as described above. Then, the sample is placed in the fade meter and the light resistance test is performed under the above conditions. Then, the visual reflectance Y in the sample after the light resistance test is obtained in the same manner as the visual reflectance Y in the sample before the light resistance test, and the visual reflection of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 before and after the light resistance test is obtained. Find the absolute value of the difference in rate Y.
- the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate before the light resistance test and the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate after the antifogging test were measured at 40 points at random in the sample, respectively, and the measured 40 points of visual perception were measured. It is the arithmetic average value of the reflectance.
- the upper limit of ⁇ Y3 is more preferably 0.5% or less, 0.4% or less, 0.3% or less, or 0.2% or less.
- the lower limit of ⁇ Y3 is 0% or more.
- the visual reflectance Y of the surface 10A of the surface 10A in the state where the anti-fog test and the light resistance test are not performed is 3.5% or less.
- the light transmittance of the entire transparent laminate 10 also increases, so that, for example, in the transparent face protective device provided with the transparent laminate 10, the wearer of the transparent face protector can easily see the other party and the like, and the other party side. This makes it easier for the wearer to see, and further improves the image sharpness in the image display device.
- the visual reflectance of the transparent laminate is measured at 40 points at substantially equal intervals in a sample of the above size so as to cover the entire transparent laminate, and is used as the arithmetic mean value of the measured 40 points of visual reflectance.
- the visual reflectance Y is more preferably 2.0% or less, 1.5% or less, or 1.2% or less from the viewpoint of further suppressing the reflection of external light.
- the peak existing in the first wavenumber region is the peak derived from the ester group and the peak existing in the second wavenumber region is the peak derived from the ether group, the peak has a peak in the first wavenumber region in the above absorption spectrum and Having a peak in the second wavenumber region means that the transparent laminate 10 (for example, at least one of the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13) contains an ester component and an ether component such as an antifogging material.
- the anti-fog material containing an ether component there are many anti-fog materials containing an ether component, so that the anti-fog property and flexibility can be further improved, and if it is 2.20 or less, the anti-fog material containing an ether component can be further improved. Since there is not too much frosting material, it is possible to suppress a decrease in hardness and a decrease in scratch resistance.
- the above ratios are 1.30 or more and 2.20 or less, 1.35 or more and 2.20 or less, 1.40 or more and 2.20 or less, 1.25 or more and 2.15 or less, 1.30 or more and 2.15 or less, 1 .35 or more and 2.15 or less, 1.40 or more and 2.15 or less, 1.25 or more and 2.10 or less, 1.30 or more and 2.10 or less, 1.35 or more and 2.10 or less, 1.40 or more 2. 10 or less, 1.25 or more and 2.00 or less, 1.30 or more and 2.00 or less, or 1.35 or more and 2.00 or less, 1.25 or more and 1.95 or less, 1.30 or more and 1.95 or less, or It is preferably 1.35 or more and 1.95 or less.
- the transparent laminate 10 when used as a transparent protective device for the face, it is necessary to be able to withstand dust or the like outdoors, but the steel wool resistance test cannot evaluate the dust durability, so the dust should be attacked.
- the sand falling test ASTM D 968
- ASTM D 968 sand falling test
- the above ratio is 1.30 or more and 1.95 or less, it has both dust durability and antifogging property in actual use. More preferably .30 or more and 1.95 or less.
- it may be 1.25 or more and 1.30 or less, and further, in the case of further improving the anti-fog property, it is 1.95 or more and 2.20 or less. May be.
- the ratio of the second peak intensity of the second wave number region of 1780 cm -1 ⁇ 1700 cm -1 for the first peak intensity of the first wavenumber range of 1150 cm -1 ⁇ 1000 cm -1 is It is preferably 0.01 or more and 0.4 or less.
- the above ratio is 0.01 or more, there are many anti-fog materials containing an ether component, so that the anti-fog property and flexibility can be further improved, and if it is 0.4 or less, the anti-fog material containing an ether component can be further improved. Since there is not too much frosting material, it is possible to suppress a decrease in hardness and a decrease in scratch resistance.
- the above ratios are 0.03 or more and 0.4 or less, 0.05 or more and 0.4 or less, 0.01 or more and 0.35 or less, 0.03 or more and 0.35 or less, 0.05 or more and 0.35 or less, 0.
- It is preferably 10 or more and 0.35 or less, 0.01 or more and 0.30 or less, 0.03 or more and 0.30 or less, 0.05 or more and 0.30 or less, or 0.10 or more and 0.30 or less. Further, in the case of further improving the dust durability, it may be 0.01 or more and 0.1 or less, and further, in the case of further improving the anti-fog property, it may be 0.3 or more and 0.4 or less. May be.
- the measurement by the Fourier transform infrared analysis method can be performed as follows. First, a sample having a size of 10 mm ⁇ 10 mm or more is cut out from the transparent laminate. On the other hand, a Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer (product name "Nicolet iS10 FT-IR", manufactured by Thermo Fisher Scientific) and a measurement accessory (product name "Thunderdome”, manufactured by Spectra-Tech, ATR crystal: Ge, infrared incident) Background measurement is performed using a measuring device equipped with an angle (angle: 45 °) without installing a sample. After that, the measurement surface of the sample is placed on the measurement accessory with the measurement surface facing the crystal side.
- the measurement is started by the above measuring device under the following measurement conditions.
- the heights from the background in the obtained absorption spectrum to the peak tops of the peaks existing in the first wavenumber region and the peaks existing in the second wavenumber region were obtained by using the calculation software attached to the measuring device, respectively, and the results were obtained. From, the strength ratio is calculated.
- the ester component is a component mainly derived from a polymer of an ionizing radiation polymerizable compound contained in the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13.
- the ether component is mainly a component contained in the antifogging material described later, for example, if the antifogging material is a material having an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide (EO), it is a component derived from the alkylene oxide and is antifogging.
- the material is a polyether-based urethane (meth) acrylate, it is a component derived from the polyether.
- the ratio (Ra / Rz) of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) to the maximum height (Rz) on the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 0.02 or more and 0.15 or less. Since it is advantageous that the surface area of the surface of the transparent laminate is large for anti-fog property, it is preferable that the surface of the transparent laminate has an uneven shape. However, if this uneven shape is too large, antiglare property may be exhibited and visibility may be deteriorated. Therefore, in order to improve the anti-fog property while suppressing the deterioration of visibility, the above ratio is preferably 0.02 or more and 0.15 or less.
- the ratio is 0.02 or more, the antiglare property of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 can be suppressed, so that good visibility can be obtained, and if it is 0.15 or less, the antifogging property can be obtained. It is possible to improve the sex.
- the above ratios are 0.03 or more and 0.15 or less, 0.04 or more and 0.15 or less, 0.05 or more and 0.15 or less, 0.02 or more and 0.14 or less, 0.03 or more and 0.14 or less, 0. .04 or more and 0.14 or less, 0.05 or more and 0.14 or less, 0.02 or more and 0.13 or less, 0.03 or more and 0.13 or less, 0.04 or more and 0.13 or less, 0.05 or more and 0. It is more preferably 13 or less, 0.02 or more and 0.12 or less, 0.03 or more and 0.12 or less, 0.04 or more and 0.12 or less, or 0.05 or more and 0.12 or less.
- Rz is a value obtained by extracting the reference length from the roughness curve in the direction of the average line and measuring the distance between the peak line and the valley bottom line of the extracted portion in the direction of the vertical magnification of the roughness curve.
- Ra is an average value calculated by calculating the area of all irregularities existing on the reference length and dividing by the reference length, so it is not the average value of the actual unevenness, and the unevenness is too small or too large. Even if there is unevenness, it will be completely leveled and such conspicuous unevenness cannot be measured. On the other hand, since Rz has the maximum height, conspicuous unevenness can be measured. Therefore, Ra is used to grasp the size of the surface area, and Rz is used to grasp the limit value of the unevenness.
- the above Rz and Ra can be measured as follows. First, a sample cut out from the transparent laminate to a size of 5 mm ⁇ 5 mm is obtained. Then, using an atomic force microscope (AFM) SPM-9700 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, the surface shape of the sample is measured under the following conditions in the On-Line (measurement) mode of the software: SPM manager. .. After that, image processing is performed using the Off-Line (analysis) mode. The obtained AFM image is analyzed to obtain Rz (maximum height) and Ra (arithmetic mean roughness) of each sample. Arithmetic mean values of Rz and Rz / Ra at 14 locations are obtained for each sample, and these values are defined as Rz and Rz / Ra.
- AFM atomic force microscope
- Measurement mode Phase scanning range: 5 ⁇ m ⁇ 5 ⁇ m Scanning speed: 0.2Hz Number of pixels: 512 x 512 Cantilever used: NCHR manufactured by Nanoworld (resonance frequency: 320 kHz, spring constant 42 N / m) (AFM image processing conditions) Tilt correction: average value in the X direction, surface fit (automatic)
- Indentation hardness H IT is preferably less than 20 MPa 100 MPa.
- Indentation hardness H IT using the unloading curve, the measurement sample is calculated depth in contact with the indenter (contact depth), seeking the contact area from the contact depth, maximum contact area It is the value obtained by dividing the load.
- Indentation hardness H IT is equal to or more than 20 MPa, hardly scratched the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10, also if 100MPa or less, it is possible to obtain a good flexibility and good moldability.
- the composite elastic modulus (Er ) of the transparent laminate 10 on the surface 10A is preferably 0.15 GPa or more and 1.5 GPa or less.
- the composite elastic modulus Er is a value calculated from the slope of the unloading curve. When the composite elastic modulus Er is 0.15 GPa or more, the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is less likely to be scratched, and when it is 1.5 GPa or less, better flexibility and good moldability are obtained. be able to.
- the composite elastic modulus Er measured from the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is 0.16 GPa or more and 1.5 GPa or less, 0.17 GPa or more and 1.5 GPa or less, 0.15 GPa or more and 1.45 GPa or less, 0.16 GPa or more and 1.
- the indentation hardness H IT and the composite elastic modulus Er is assumed to be measured by the following method.
- an adhesive resin product name "Aron Alpha (registered trademark) for general use", manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
- the adhesive resin is dropped on the central portion of the slide glass 1 (product name "slide glass (cut-off type) 1-9645-11", manufactured by AS ONE Corporation). At this time, the adhesive resin is not spread, and the drop is made one drop so that the adhesive resin does not protrude from the transparent laminate when it is spread as described later.
- the transparent laminate cut out to the above size is brought into contact with the slide glass so that the front surface side is the upper surface and the adhesive resin is located at the center of the transparent laminate, and the transparent laminate is adhered between the slide glass 1 and the transparent laminate.
- another new slide glass 2 is placed on the transparent laminate to obtain a laminate of slide glass 1 / adhesive resin / transparent laminate / slide glass 2.
- a weight of 30 g or more and 50 g is placed on the slide glass 2 and left at room temperature for 12 hours in that state. After that, the weight and the slide glass 2 are removed, and this is used as a measurement sample.
- the four corners of the transparent laminate fixed with the adhesive resin may be further fixed with tape (product name "Cellotape (registered trademark)", manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd.). Then, this measurement sample is fixed to the measurement stage of a micro-hardness tester (product name "TI950 TriboIndenter”, manufactured by HYSITRON) installed in parallel with the vibration isolation table.
- a micro-hardness tester product name "TI950 TriboIndenter”, manufactured by HYSITRON
- any method such as fixing the four sides of the slide glass 1 with tape (product name "Cellotape (registered trademark), manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd.”, etc. is arbitrary, and the measurement sample does not move. If the tester has an air suction system, it may be fixed by the air suction system.
- the surface of the transparent laminate is subjected to the following measurement conditions. measuring indentation hardness H iT and the composite elastic modulus E r, respectively. indentation hardness H iT and the composite elastic modulus E r is near the center of the front side of the transparent laminate of the measurement samples (area adhesive resin is present) Arbitrary 5 points are measured and used as the arithmetic average value of the obtained 5 points. However, any 5 points to be measured are transparent laminates at a magnification of 50 to 500 times using a microscope attached to TI950 TriboIndenter.
- the contact angle of the transparent laminate 10 with respect to water on the surface 10A is preferably 90 ° or more. That is, the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably hydrophobic. If this contact angle is less than 90 °, it has good compatibility with water and has high water absorption (hygroscopicity), and the functional layer and the base material may be distorted or expanded. Further, if this contact angle is 90 ° or more, even if water droplets are generated, they do not collect on the surface and flow down, and stains such as fingerprints are unlikely to adhere during processing.
- the contact angle of the transparent laminate 10 with respect to water on the surface 10A is measured using a microscopic contact angle meter (product name "DropMaster 300", manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) according to the static drip method described in JIS R3257: 1999. do. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 25 mm ⁇ 30 mm is cut out from the transparent laminate 10. Then, this sample is flatly attached with double-sided tape on a slide glass having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 125 mm. Therefore, it becomes a laminate of slide glass / double-sided tape / sample.
- a microscopic contact angle meter product name "DropMaster 300", manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
- the sample is statically discharged for 30 seconds by irradiating the sample with ions with an ionizer (for example, product name "KD-730B", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Works Ltd.). do.
- an ionizer for example, product name "KD-730B", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Works Ltd.
- 1 ⁇ L of water is dropped on the surface of the sample (the surface of the low refractive index layer) with a syringe and held for 5 seconds.
- the switch of the microscope type contact angle meter is pressed to measure the contact angle with respect to water.
- the contact angle is measured in an environment where the temperature is 20 ° C. or higher and 25 ° C. or lower and the relative humidity is 40% or higher and 70% or lower.
- the contact angle is measured at 10 points, and the arithmetic average value thereof is taken as the contact angle of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10.
- the contact angles of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 with water are 90 ° or more and 130 ° or less, 90 ° or more and 125 ° or less, 90 ° or more and 120 ° or less, 92 ° or more and 130 ° or less, 92 ° or more and 125 ° or less, 92. More preferably, it is ° or more and 120 ° or less, 95 ° or more and 130 ° or less, 95 ° or more and 125 ° or less, or 95 ° or more and 120 ° or less.
- the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 90% or more. When the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate 10 is 90% or more, sufficient optical performance can be obtained.
- the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate 10 is more preferably 91% or more, or 92% or more.
- the upper limit of the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate 10 is 100% or less.
- the total light transmittance is measured using a haze meter (for example, product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory Co., Ltd.) in an environment with a temperature of 23 ⁇ 5 ° C and a relative humidity of 30% or more and 70% or less. It can be measured by a method based on JIS K7361-1: 1997.
- the total light transmittance is 3 for one sample after cutting out a sample having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 100 mm from the transparent laminate 10 and then installing it in a state where there are no curls or wrinkles and no fingerprints or dust. The measurement is performed three times, and the value obtained by measuring three times is used as the arithmetic mean value.
- measuring three times means measuring three different points rather than measuring the same place three times.
- the visually observed surface 10A is flat, the laminated layers such as the functional layer 12 are also flat, and the variation in film thickness is within the range of ⁇ 10%. Therefore, it is considered that the average value of the total light transmittance of the entire in-plane of the transparent laminated body can be obtained by measuring the total light transmittance at three different points of the cut out sample. If a sample of the above size cannot be cut out from the transparent laminate, the sample may be appropriately cut out to a size of 22 mm ⁇ 22 mm or more. If the size of the sample is small, set the number of measurement points to three by shifting it little by little or changing the angle so that the light source spot does not deviate.
- the transparent laminate 10 preferably has a haze value (total haze value) of 1% or less.
- a haze value total haze value
- the above haze value is determined by using a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory Co., Ltd.) in an environment with a temperature of 23 ⁇ 5 ° C. and a relative humidity of 30% or more and 70% or less. It can be measured by a method compliant with 2000. Specifically, the haze value is measured by the same method as the method for measuring the total light transmittance.
- the haze value shall be the arithmetic mean value of the values obtained by measuring three times.
- the haze value of the transparent laminate 10 is more preferably 0.8% or less, or 0.5% or less.
- the lower limit of the haze value of the transparent laminate 10 is 0% or more.
- the pencil hardness on the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably H or higher.
- the durability can be improved.
- the pencil hardness test is performed on the surface of a sample cut into a size of 50 mm x 100 mm from a transparent laminate 10 with a pencil hardness tester (product name "Pencil scratch coating hardness tester (electric type)", Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. Using a pencil (manufactured by Mfg.
- the pencil hardness is the highest hardness at which the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is not scratched in the pencil hardness test.
- a plurality of pencils having different hardness are used, but the pencil hardness test is performed 5 times for each pencil, and 4 times or more out of 5 times on the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10.
- the scratch refers to a scratch on the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 subjected to the pencil hardness test, which is visually observed by transmission observation under a fluorescent lamp.
- the thickness (total thickness) of the transparent laminate 10 differs depending on the use of the transparent laminate 10.
- the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 25 ⁇ m or more and 400 ⁇ m or less. With this thickness, the transparent laminate 10 is not easily deformed by the humidity and temperature, and is handled after being provided with sufficient functions necessary for the image display device (for example, maintaining flatness so that the image can be clearly seen). Is easy (for example, good workability).
- the transparent laminate 10 When the transparent laminate 10 is used as a transparent protective device for the face, the transparent laminate 10 is required to be thinner and lighter, so that the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 400 ⁇ m or less. If the thickness of the transparent laminate in this application is too thin, it is easily deformed, and it is inferior in processability and handleability at the time of mounting, and it may be painful if it is worn for a long time.
- the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is 30 ⁇ m or more and 400 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 400 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m or less. It is more preferably 25 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, or 40 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less.
- the transparent laminate 10 When the transparent laminate 10 is used for the transparent partition, the transparent laminate 10 is required to have transparency, portability, and the like, so that the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 10,000 ⁇ m or less.
- the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 in this application is 500 ⁇ m or more and 10000 ⁇ m or less, 1000 ⁇ m or more and 10000 ⁇ m or less, or 3000 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of obtaining independence and a certain degree of strength as well as better transparency and better handleability.
- 10000 ⁇ m or less 500 ⁇ m or more and 9000 ⁇ m or less, 1000 ⁇ m or more and 9000 ⁇ m or less, 3000 ⁇ m or more and 9000 ⁇ m or less, 500 ⁇ m or more and 8000 ⁇ m or less, 1000 ⁇ m or more and 8000 ⁇ m or less, 3000 ⁇ m or more and 8000 ⁇ m or less, 500 ⁇ m or more and 5000 ⁇ m or less, 1000 ⁇ m or more and 5000 ⁇ m or less, or 3000 ⁇ m or more and 5000 ⁇ m or less. Is more preferable.
- the transparent laminate 10 When the transparent laminate 10 is used for a transparent film curtain, the transparent laminate 10 is required to be easy to install (handlerability), light, supple, and strong, so that the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is high. It is preferably 3000 ⁇ m or less.
- the ease of installation in the transparent film curtain includes, for example, the fact that the transparent film curtain is not easily torn when the transparent film curtain is cut, drilled, or attached.
- the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 in this application is 25 ⁇ m or more and 3000 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 3000 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining better handleability and better strength, weight reduction, and good transparency.
- the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 is determined by measuring the thickness of the transparent laminate 10 at 10 points using, for example, a thickness measuring device (product name "Digimatic Indicator IDF-130", manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.). Use the arithmetic mean value of the thickness.
- the weight (total weight) of the transparent laminate 10 varies depending on the use of the transparent laminate 10.
- the weight of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 30 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less. With this weight, it has sufficient functions and is easy to handle (for example, good workability).
- the transparent laminate 10 When the transparent laminate 10 is used as a transparent protective device for the face, the transparent laminate 10 is required to be thinner and lighter, so that the weight of the transparent laminate 10 is 500 g / m 2 or less. preferable. If the thickness of the transparent laminate in this application is too thin, it is easily deformed and may be inferior in processability. In order to suppress this and to make the transparent laminate 10 thinner or lighter, the weight of the transparent laminate 10 is 35 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less, 40 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less, or 45 g / m.
- the weight of the transparent laminate 10 is preferably 10,000 g / m 2 or less.
- Weight of the transparent laminate 10 in this application from the viewpoint of obtaining self-supporting and some aspect and better transparency obtain strength and better handling property, 100 g / m 2 or more 10000 g / m 2 or less, 200 g / m 2 or more 10000 g / m 2 or less, or 500 g / m 2 or more 10000 g / m 2 or less, 100 g / m 2 or more 7000 g / m 2 or less, 200 g / m 2 or more 7000 g / m 2 or less, 500 g / m 2 or more 7000 g / m 2 or less, 100 g / m 2 or more 6000 g / m 2 or less, 200 g / m 2 or more 6000 g / m 2 or less, 200 g / m 2 or more 6000 g / m 2 or less,
- the transparent laminate 10 When the transparent laminate 10 is used for a transparent film curtain, the transparent laminate 10 is required to be easy to install (handlerability), light, supple, and strong, so that the weight of the transparent laminate 10 is high. , 2000 g / m 2 or less is preferable.
- the weight of the transparent laminate 10 in this application is 50 g / m 2 or more and 2000 g / m 2 or less from the viewpoint of obtaining better handleability, better strength, weight reduction, and good transparency.
- the thickness of the base material 11 varies depending on the application.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is preferably 25 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m or less. If the thickness of the base material 11 is 25 ⁇ m or more, the hardness is high and curling can be suppressed, so that it is easy to process. If the thickness of the base material 11 is 300 ⁇ m or less, the cost increase can be suppressed and the weight is large. It is easy to handle without becoming too much.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is 30 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent hardness and further weight reduction.
- it is 200 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, or 50 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. ..
- the thickness of the base material 11 is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. If the thickness of the base material 11 is 20 ⁇ m or more, it has sufficient performance and is easy to use and handle, and if the thickness of the base material 11 is 200 ⁇ m or less, cost increase can be suppressed and it is lightweight. Easy to process.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is 25 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of obtaining better handleability and weight reduction.
- 150 ⁇ m or less 50 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or more and 80 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 80 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 80 ⁇ m or less, or 50 ⁇ m or more and 80 ⁇ m or less. Is more preferable.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 9500 ⁇ m or less. If the thickness of the base material 11 is 20 ⁇ m or more, good handleability can be obtained with sufficient performance, and if the thickness of the base material 11 is 9500 ⁇ m or less, good transparency (light transmission) can be obtained. Gender) can be obtained.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is 450 ⁇ m or more and 9500 ⁇ m or less, 950 ⁇ m or more and 9500 ⁇ m or less, 2500 ⁇ m or more and 9500 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of obtaining self-reliance and a certain degree of strength as well as good transparency (light transmission) and better handleability.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 2500 ⁇ m or less.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is 20 ⁇ m or more, good handleability and good strength can be obtained, and when the thickness of the base material 11 is 2500 ⁇ m or less, good weight reduction and good transparency can be obtained. be able to.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is 25 ⁇ m or more and 2500 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or more and 2500 ⁇ m or less, and 40 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of obtaining better handleability and better strength, further weight reduction, and better transparency.
- the thickness of the base material 11 is determined by photographing a cross section of the base material 11 using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), measuring the thickness of the base material 11 at 10 points in the image of the cross section, and arithmetically calculating the thickness of the 10 points. It can be calculated by calculating the average value.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- the specific method of taking a cross-sectional photograph is as follows. First, a sample having a size of 1 mm ⁇ 10 mm is cut out from the transparent laminate 10, and a block in which the cut out sample is embedded with an embedding resin is produced. Then, a uniform section having a thickness of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less without holes or the like is cut out from this block by a general section preparation method.
- Ultra Microtome EMUC7 manufactured by Leica Microsystems, Inc. is used. Then, the remaining block from which a uniform section having no holes or the like is cut out is used as a measurement sample. Then, a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample is taken using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). When taking a cross-sectional photograph using the above S-4800, the cross-section is observed with the detector set to "SE”, the acceleration voltage set to "5 kV", and the emission current set to "10 ⁇ A". Regarding the magnification, adjust the focus and adjust the contrast and brightness appropriately at 1 to 100,000 times while observing whether each layer can be distinguished.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- the beam monitor aperture is set to "3"
- the objective lens aperture is set to "3”
- the imaging with a scanning electron microscope shall be performed after clarifying the interface line between the base material and the functional layer at a magnification suitable for the thickness of the base material.
- the magnification is appropriately adjusted depending on the thickness of the base material, for example, 1000 times when the thickness of the base material is 50 ⁇ m and 500 times when the thickness of the base material is 100 ⁇ m.
- the variation in the thickness of the base material 11 is preferably 15% or less, 10% or less, or 7% or less.
- the lower limit of the variation in the thickness of the base material 11 is 0% or more.
- the constituent material of the base material 11 is not particularly limited as long as it has light transmittance, but is, for example, glass or a resin (for example, an acetyl cellulose resin, a cycloolefin polymer resin, a polycarbonate resin, an acrylic resin, or a polyester). (Resin) can be mentioned.
- a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or a polycarbonate resin is used as the constituent material of the base material 11, it is suitable for a large display, is not easily broken when dropped, and has good durability when used repeatedly. It also has the advantage of being excellent in rigidity.
- an acetyl cellulose-based resin such as triacetyl cellulose is used as a constituent material of the base material 11, it has an advantage that it is highly flexible and moisture is easily removed from the base material itself, so that it has an excellent antifogging function.
- an acetyl cellulose-based resin such as triacetyl cellulose
- the glass examples include soda lime silica glass, borosilicate glass, non-alkali glass and the like.
- acetyl cellulose-based resin examples include triacetyl cellulose (TAC) and diacetyl cellulose.
- TAC triacetyl cellulose
- diacetyl cellulose examples include triacetyl cellulose (TAC) and diacetyl cellulose.
- Triacetyl cellulose is a resin capable of having an average light transmittance of 50% or more in the visible light range of 380 to 780 nm.
- the average light transmittance of triacetyl cellulose is preferably 50% or more, 70% or more, or 85% or more.
- the upper limit of the average light transmittance of triacetyl cellulose is 100% or less.
- a component other than acetic acid is also used as a fatty acid forming an ester with cellulose such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate. May be.
- cellulose lower fatty acid esters such as diacetyl cellulose, or various additives such as a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, and a lubricant may be added to these triacetyl celluloses, if necessary.
- cycloolefin polymer resin examples include norbornene resin, monocyclic cyclic olefin resin, cyclic conjugated diene resin, and vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin.
- cycloolefin copolymer-based resin examples include a copolymer of ethylene and a norbornene-based monomer, a copolymer of ethylene and tetracyclododecene, and the like.
- polycarbonate resin examples include aromatic polycarbonate resins based on bisphenols (bisphenol A and the like), aliphatic polycarbonate resins such as diethylene glycol bisallyl carbonate and the like.
- acrylic resin examples include poly (meth) methyl acrylate resin, poly (meth) ethyl acrylate resin, methyl (meth) acrylate-butyl acrylate copolymer resin, and the like.
- polyester-based resin examples include a resin containing at least one of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polypropylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate as a constituent component.
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PET polypropylene terephthalate
- polybutylene terephthalate polyethylene naphthalate
- the functional layer 12 is a layer that exerts some function in the transparent laminated body 10.
- the anti-fog function is mainly exerted by the functional layer, but in addition to the anti-fog function, a hard coat function may be exerted.
- the "functional layer" in the present embodiment has a single-layer structure. Since the functional layer 12 shown in FIG. 1 exhibits an anti-fog function and a hard coat function, it is assumed that the functional layer 12 is an anti-fog hard coat layer.
- the functional layer 12 is an antifogging hard coat layer
- the transparent laminate 10 is imparted with hardness, and the pencil hardness on the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 (the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13) is set to “H”. It is a layer that is more than that.
- the functional layer 12 is formed on the first surface 11A of the base material 11 as shown in FIG.
- the refractive index of the functional layer 12 is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the refractive index of the low refractive index layer 13, but may be, for example, 1.45 or more and 1.60 or less.
- the term "refractive index” shall mean the refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm.
- the refractive index of the functional layer 12 may be 1.48 or more and 1.60 or less, 1.45 or more and 1.57 or less, or 1.48 or more and 1.57 or less.
- the refractive index of the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13 is measured or calculated by the following method, for example, after specifying whether the film thickness of each layer exceeds 780 nm or 780 nm or less from a cross-sectional photograph of a transparent laminated body. can do.
- the refractive index of the binder component of this layer is regarded as the refractive index of this layer.
- the refractive index of a layer having a film thickness of more than 780 nm can be measured by, for example, the Becke method.
- the "Becke method” is the B method of JIS K7142: 2008 (for powder or granular transparent materials) by scraping off the layer to be measured for the refractive index with a cutter or the like to prepare a sample in which the binder component is in a powder state. It is a method of measuring the refractive index according to.
- the refractive index of each of the 10 samples is measured by the Becke method, and the arithmetic mean value of the refractive index of the measured 10 samples is taken as the refractive index of the above layer. do.
- the refractive index of the layer having a film thickness of 780 nm or less is as follows (procedure 1) and (procedure 2), for example, using a transparent laminate having a layer having a thickness of 780 nm or less. Can be calculated in the order of. (Procedure 1) From the cross-sectional photograph of the transparent laminate, the film thickness of the layer having a film thickness of more than 780 nm and the film thickness of the layer having a film thickness of 780 nm or less are calculated.
- the refractive index of the layer having a film thickness of more than 780 nm is calculated by the above-mentioned Becke method.
- (Procedure 2) Using the information on the refractive index and film thickness of the layer having a film thickness of more than 780 nm and the information on the film thickness of the layer having a film thickness of 780 nm or less calculated in the above (Procedure 1), by the fitting method.
- the refractive index of the layer having a film thickness of 780 nm or less is calculated.
- the "fitting method” is a method of calculating by fitting a reflection spectrum measured by a reflected photometer and a reflection spectrum calculated from an optical model of a multilayer thin film using a Fresnel coefficient.
- the ratio of the film thickness of the functional layer 12 to the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is preferably 30 or more.
- this ratio is 30 or more, the film thickness of the functional layer 12 is not too small and the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is not too large, so that both good hardness and good antireflection can be achieved. can.
- This ratio is 30 or more and 250 or less, 35 or more and 250 or less, 40 or more and 250 or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent hardness and excellent antireflection property, and from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in cost, a decrease in transparency, or a decrease in processability.
- the film thickness of the functional layer 12 is preferably 3 ⁇ m or more.
- a desired hardness can be obtained, and a desired amount of anti-fog material can be contained in the functional layer 12.
- the thickness of the functional layer 12 is 3 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, 3.5 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, 4 .5 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, 3 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, 3.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, 4.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, 3 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, 3.5 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, 4.5 ⁇ m 15 ⁇ m or less, 3 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, 3.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, 4.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, 3 ⁇ m or more and less than 10 ⁇ m,
- a cross section of the functional layer 12 is photographed using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and the film thickness of the functional layer 12 is measured in the image of the cross section. Measure at 20 points and use the arithmetic average value of the film thickness at those 20 points.
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- a specific method for taking a cross-sectional photograph is described below. First, a block in which a transparent laminate cut out to a size of 1 mm ⁇ 10 mm is embedded with an embedding resin is prepared, and a uniform thickness of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less without holes or the like is produced from this block by a general section preparation method. Cut out a section of.
- Ultra Microtome EMUC7 manufactured by Leica Microsystems, Inc. can be used. Then, a uniform section having no holes or the like is used as a measurement sample. Then, a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample is taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). When taking a cross-sectional photograph using the above S-4800, the cross-section is observed with the detector set to "TE", the acceleration voltage set to "30 kV", and the emission current set to "10 ⁇ A". Regarding the magnification, adjust the focus and adjust the contrast and brightness appropriately at 5000 to 200,000 times while observing whether each layer can be distinguished.
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the preferred magnification is 10,000 to 100,000 times, the more preferable magnification is 10,000 to 50,000 times, and the most preferable magnification is 25,000 to 50,000 times.
- the beam monitor aperture is set to "3"
- the objective lens aperture is set to "3”
- W. D. May be set to "8 mm”.
- dyeing treatment such as osmium tetroxide, ruthenium tetroxide, and phosphotungstic acid makes it easier to see the interface between the organic layers, and the dyeing treatment may be performed.
- the contrast at the interface may be difficult to understand when the magnification is high. In that case, observe the low magnification at the same time. For example, observe at two magnifications, high and low, such as 25,000 times and 50,000 times, and 50,000 times and 100,000 times, obtain the above-mentioned arithmetic mean value at both magnifications, and then use the average value for the functional layer. It is the value of the film thickness.
- the functional layer 12 can be made of, for example, a resin.
- the resin contains a polymer (crosslinked product) of a polymerizable compound and an anti-fog material.
- the functional layer 12 preferably contains particles in order to increase the hardness.
- the resin may contain a solvent-drying resin in addition to a polymer (crosslinked product) of a polymerizable compound and an anti-fog material.
- the functional layer 12 preferably contains an alkylene oxide group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group and an ethylene oxide group, and a hydrophilic group such as a quaternary ammonium base such as an amino group and an ammonium chloride group.
- the functional layer 12 having a hydrophilic group can be obtained by including an anti-fog material.
- the functional group can be confirmed by, for example, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR method).
- the polymerizable compound has at least one polymerizable functional group in the molecule.
- the polymerizable compound include an ionizing radiation polymerizable compound and / or a thermally polymerizable compound.
- the ionizing radiation polymerizable compound is a compound having at least one ionizing radiation polymerizable functional group in one molecule.
- the "ionizing radiation polymerizable functional group” is a functional group capable of undergoing a polymerization reaction by irradiation with ionizing radiation.
- the ionizing radiation polymerizable functional group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group and allylic group.
- the "(meth) acryloyl group” means to include both “acryloyl group” and "methacryloyl group”.
- examples of the ionizing radiation emitted when polymerizing the ionizing radiation polymerizable compound include visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron beams, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, and ⁇ rays.
- the ionizing radiation polymerizable compound examples include an ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer, an ionizing radiation polymerizable oligomer, and an ionizing radiation polymerizable prepolymer, which can be appropriately adjusted and used.
- the ionizing radiation polymerizable compound a combination of an ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer and an ionizing radiation polymerizable oligomer or an ionizing radiation polymerizable prepolymer is preferable.
- Examples of the ionizing radiation polymerizable compound include an ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer, an ionizing radiation polymerizable oligomer, and an ionizing radiation polymerizable polymer, which can be appropriately adjusted and used.
- a polyfunctional monomer having two or more polymerizable functional groups that is, bifunctional
- examples of the polyfunctional monomer include trimethyl propanetri (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
- Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylol propanetetra (meth) acrylate, dipenta Elythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripenta erythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid di (meth) acrylate, polyester tri (meth) acrylate, polyester di (Meta) acrylate, bisphenol di (meth) acrylate, diglycerin tetra (meth) acrylate, adamantyldi (meth)
- trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with the anti-fog material.
- a polyfunctional oligomer having two or more functions is preferable.
- the polyfunctional oligomer include polyester (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester-urethane (meth) acrylate, polyether (meth) acrylate, polyol (meth) acrylate, melamine (meth) acrylate, and isocyanurate (meth).
- examples thereof include acrylate and epoxy (meth) acrylate.
- the ionizing radiation polymerizable prepolymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 3000 or more, and more preferably 3000 or more and 80,000 or less, 3000 or more and 40,000 or less, 10,000 or more and 80,000 or less, and 10000 or more and 40,000 or less.
- weight average molecular weight exceeds 80,000, the viscosity is high, so that the coating suitability is lowered, and the appearance of the obtained transparent laminate may be deteriorated.
- the prepolymer include urethane (meth) acrylate, isocyanurate (meth) acrylate, polyester-urethane (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate.
- the "weight average molecular weight” is a polystyrene-equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- thermopolymerizable compound has at least one thermopolymerizable functional group in one molecule.
- the "thermopolymerizable functional group” is a functional group capable of polymerizing with each other or with another functional group by heating.
- examples of the thermopolymerizable functional group include a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an isocyanate group, and an amino group.
- thermopolymerizable compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an epoxy compound, a polyol compound, an isocyanate compound, a melamine compound, a urea compound, and a phenol compound.
- the solvent-drying resin is a resin such as a thermoplastic resin that forms a film simply by drying the solvent added to adjust the solid content at the time of coating. When the solvent-drying resin is added, it is possible to effectively prevent film defects on the coated surface of the coating liquid when the functional layer 12 is formed.
- the solvent-drying resin is not particularly limited, and in general, a thermoplastic resin can be used.
- thermoplastic resin examples include styrene resin, (meth) acrylic resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl ether resin, halogen-containing resin, alicyclic olefin resin, polycarbonate resin, polyester resin, and polyamide resin. , Cellulose derivatives, silicone resins and rubbers or elastomers.
- the thermoplastic resin is preferably non-crystalline and soluble in an organic solvent (particularly a common solvent capable of dissolving a plurality of polymers and curable compounds).
- an organic solvent particularly a common solvent capable of dissolving a plurality of polymers and curable compounds.
- styrene-based resin from the viewpoint of transparency and weather resistance, styrene-based resin, (meth) acrylic-based resin, alicyclic olefin-based resin, polyester-based resin, cellulose derivative (cellulose ester, etc.) and the like are preferable.
- the anti-fog material is a material for suppressing fogging of the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10.
- the anti-fog material may be a resin.
- the anti-fog material is preferably contained in the functional layer 12 in an amount of 10% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less. When the content of the anti-fog material is 10% by mass or more, sufficient anti-fog property can be obtained, and when the content of the anti-fog material is 85% by mass or less, sufficient hardness and transparency can be obtained. be able to.
- the content of the anti-fog material in the functional layer 12 is preferably 30% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less, 50% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less. Since it is possible to improve the moldability and flexibility by increasing the content of the anti-fog material, when improving the moldability and the flexibility, the content of the anti-fog material in the functional layer 12 should be increased. It is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, 50% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, or 70% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less.
- the anti-fog material may be a non-polymerizable anti-fog material having no polymerizable functional group, but from the viewpoint of fixing the anti-fog material to the functional layer, the anti-fog material has a polymerizable functional group. It is preferably an anti-fog material.
- polymerizable antifogging material examples include urethane (meth) acrylates such as polyether-based materials, ethylene oxide (EO) -modified (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylamide-based compounds, and hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates.
- urethane (meth) acrylates such as polyether-based materials, ethylene oxide (EO) -modified (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylamide-based compounds, and hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates.
- Urethane (meth) acrylate can be obtained by reacting isocyanate with (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group. At this time, various polyols may be used in combination.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate is preferably a polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups from the viewpoint of improving hardness and adhesion to the low refractive index layer.
- the weight average molecular weight of the urethane (meth) acrylate is preferably 1000 or more and 50,000 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing coating defects due to an increase in viscosity.
- Examples of the isocyanate used for producing the urethane (meth) acrylate include o-tolylene diisocyanate, p-phenylenedi isocyanate, m-phenylenedi isocyanate, p-xylenediocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2, Fragrances such as 6-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyldiphenyl-4,4'-diisocyanate, 3,3'-diethyldiphenyl-4,4'-diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, etc.
- Examples thereof include aliphatic or alicyclic isocyanates such as isocyanates, isophorone diisocyanates, hexamethylene diisocyanates, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanates, hydrogenated xylene diisocyanates, norvorrange isocyanates and lysine diisocyanates.
- isocyanates such as isocyanates, isophorone diisocyanates, hexamethylene diisocyanates, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanates, hydrogenated xylene diisocyanates, norvorrange isocyanates and lysine diisocyanates.
- the ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate is preferably a polyfunctional ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups from the viewpoint of improving hardness and adhesion to the low refractive index layer.
- the average number of moles of ethylene oxide added in the ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate is preferably more than 0 and 30 or less. If the average number of moles of ethylene oxide added is 0, sufficient antifogging properties may not be obtained, and if the average number of moles of ethylene oxide added exceeds 30, the flexible ethylene oxide chain becomes too long. The scratch resistance of the transparent laminate may be inferior.
- Examples of the ethylene oxide (EO) modified (meth) acrylate include ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate and ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylamide compound include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, and N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide. , N-propyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone (meth) acrylamide, N- (meth) acryloylpiperidin, N- (meth) acryloylmorpholin and the like.
- Examples of the hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate include hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate.
- R is an ethylene oxide group
- a + b + c + d is 25 to 45.
- the ethylene oxide groups means a group represented by -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-.
- R is an ethylene oxide group
- l + m + n is 4 to 14.
- R is an ethylene oxide group
- l + m + n is 10 to 30.
- antifogging materials include NFX-551 manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd., 8WX-022A, 8WX-030, 8WX-083 manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., KRM8713B manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd., and Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ATM-35E, A-GLY-20E manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., Urethane Acrylic Nostra (registered trademark) manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd., Aronix for anti-fog paint manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.
- the particles may be either organic particles or inorganic particles as long as the hardness can be improved.
- the organic particles include plastic beads.
- specific examples of the plastic beads include polystyrene beads, melamine resin beads, acrylic beads, acrylic-styrene beads, silicone beads, benzoguanamine beads, benzoguanamine / formaldehyde condensed beads, polycarbonate beads, polyethylene beads and the like.
- the inorganic particles include inorganic oxide particles such as silica (SiO 2 ) particles, alumina particles, titania particles, tin oxide particles, antimony-doped tin oxide (abbreviation: ATO) particles, and zinc oxide particles.
- silica particles are preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent hardness, and among the silica particles, reactive silica particles are preferable.
- the reactive silica particles are silica particles capable of forming a crosslinked structure with the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and by containing the reactive silica particles, they are fixed in the functional layer. Can be done.
- the reactive silica particles preferably have a reactive functional group on the surface thereof, and as the reactive functional group, for example, the ionizing radiation polymerizable functional group is preferably used.
- the reactive silica particles are not particularly limited, and conventionally known ones can be used, and examples thereof include the reactive silica particles described in JP-A-2008-165040.
- Examples of commercially available products of the reactive silica particles include MIBK-SD and MIBK-SD-L manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
- the particles may be spherical particles, but are preferably irregular particles, and spherical particles and irregular particles may be mixed.
- the "spherical particles” mean, for example, true spherical particles, elliptical spherical particles, and the like, and the "odd particles” mean particles having a potato-like random unevenness on the surface. .. Since the surface area of the deformed particles is larger than that of the spherical particles, the inclusion of such deformed particles increases the contact area with the polymerizable compound and the like, and makes the pencil hardness of the functional layer 12 more excellent. Can be considered. Whether or not the particles are atypical particles contained in the functional layer 44 can be confirmed by observing the cross section of the functional layer 12 with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM).
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the average particle size of the particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less.
- it is 0.01 ⁇ m or more, the aggregation of the particles can be suppressed, and further, the deterioration of the dispersibility of the particles can be suppressed at the stage of the composition before coating.
- the average particle diameter of the particles is 10 ⁇ m or less, it is possible to suppress the formation of large irregularities in the functional layer and suppress the occurrence of problems such as an increase in haze.
- the average particle size of the particles is determined by measuring the particle size of 20 particles from the image of the cross section of the particles taken with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
- the arithmetic average value of the particle size When the particles are irregularly shaped particles, the average particle size of the particles is the maximum value of the distance between two points on the outer circumference of the particles from the image of the cross section of the functional layer taken by using a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The major axis) and the minimum value (minor axis) are measured, the particle diameter is calculated by averaging, and the arithmetic average value of the particle diameters of 20 particles is used.
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the low refractive index layer 13 is a layer having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer 12. Specifically, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer 13 may be 1.20 or more and 1.50 or less. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer 13 is measured by the method described in the column of the functional layer 12. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer 13 may be 1.20 or more and 1.49 or less, 1.20 or more and 1.40 or less, or 1.20 or more and 1.32 or less. The difference in refractive index between the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13 may be 0.10 or more and 0.25 or less.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is preferably 200 nm or less. When the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is 200 nm or less, the reflection of external light can be suppressed. Further, if the film thickness of the low refractive index layer is thick, the antifogging function of the functional layer may be obstructed by the low refractive index layer, but if the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is 200 nm or less, Since the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is extremely thin, the antifogging function can be exhibited even on the surface 10A of the transparent laminated body 10, whereby the transparent laminated body 10 having more excellent antifogging property can be obtained. can.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is measured at 20 points from the image of the cross section of the low refractive index layer 13 taken by using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). The arithmetic average value of the values at 20 points.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 can be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13 is 50 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 60 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 70 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 80 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 50 nm or more and 175 nm or less, 60 nm or more and 175 nm or less, 70 nm or more and 175 nm or less, 80 nm or more and 175 nm or less.
- the low refractive index layer 13 is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer having a refractive index lower than that of the functional layer 12, but the low refractive index layer 13 may be, for example, from a binder resin and low refractive index particles, or. It can be composed of a low refractive index resin. Further, the low refractive index layer 13 may also contain an antifouling agent or the like.
- Low refractive index particles examples include solid or hollow particles made of silica or magnesium fluoride.
- hollow silica particles are preferable, and such hollow silica particles can be produced, for example, by the production method described in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-0997778.
- the average particle size of the low refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less. When the average particle size of the low refractive index particles is within the above range, the transparency of the low refractive index layer is not impaired, and a good dispersed state of the particles can be obtained.
- the average particle size of the low refractive index particles is the particle size of 20 low refractive index particles from the image of the cross section of the low refractive index layer taken by using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). Is measured and used as the arithmetic average value of the particle diameters of the 20 low refractive index particles.
- the average particle size of the low refractive index particles is more preferably 10 nm or more and 100 nm or less, 5 nm or more and 80 nm or less, 10 nm or more and 80 nm or less, 5 nm or more and 70 nm or less, or 10 nm or more and 70 nm or less.
- silica particles having a reactive group on the surface are preferably used, and reactive hollow silica particles are particularly preferable.
- Such silica particles having a reactive group on the surface can be produced by surface-treating the silica particles with a silane coupling agent or the like.
- a method of treating the surface of the silica particles with a silane coupling agent a dry method of spraying the silane coupling agent on the silica particles or a wet method of dispersing the silica particles in a solvent and then adding the silane coupling agent to react. And so on.
- binder resin examples of the binder resin constituting the low refractive index layer 13 include polymers of polymerizable compounds.
- the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, but an ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer, an oligomer, and a prepolymer can be used.
- a resin having a fluorine atom introduced therein or a material having a low refractive index such as organopolysiloxane may be mixed with the binder resin.
- Examples of the monofunctional ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, N-vinylpyrrolidone and the like.
- Examples of the bifunctional or higher functional ionizing radiation polymerizable monomer include polymethylol propantri (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and pentaerythritol.
- Low refractive index resin examples include a resin having a fluorine atom introduced therein and a resin having a low refractive index such as organopolysiloxane.
- the transparent laminate 10 can be produced, for example, by the following method. First, the composition for the functional layer is applied on the first surface 11A of the base material 11 to form a coating film of the composition for the functional layer.
- composition for functional layer contains a polymerizable compound and an anti-fog material.
- the composition for the functional layer may also contain particles, a leveling agent, a solvent, and a polymerization initiator, if necessary.
- solvent examples include alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, s-butanol, t-butanol, benzyl alcohol, PGME, ethylene glycol, diacetone alcohol), ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.).
- alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, s-butanol, t-butanol, benzyl alcohol, PGME, ethylene glycol, diacetone alcohol
- ketones eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
- esters methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, methyl acrylate
- N-Methylpyrrolidone N-Methylpyrrolidone
- ethers eg, diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran
- ether alcohols eg, 1-methoxy-2-propanol
- carbonates dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, ethylmethyl carbonate
- solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- methyl isobutyl ketone and methyl ethyl ketone are preferable in that components such as a polymerizable compound can be dissolved or dispersed and the composition for a functional layer can be suitably applied.
- the polymerization initiator is a component that is decomposed by ionizing radiation irradiation to generate radicals to initiate or proceed with the polymerization (crosslinking) of the polymerizable compound.
- the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by irradiation with ionizing radiation.
- the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. Specific examples thereof include acetophenones, benzophenones, Michler benzoylbenzoates, ⁇ -amyloxime esters, thioxanthones, and propiophenones. Classes, benzyls, benzoins, acylphosphine oxides and the like. Further, it is preferable to use a photosensitizer in combination, and specific examples thereof include n-butylamine, triethylamine, poly-n-butylphosphine and the like.
- the coating film of the composition for the functional layer After forming the coating film of the composition for the functional layer, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 30 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower by various known methods, and the solvent is evaporated.
- the coating film is dried, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to cure the coating film and form the functional layer 12.
- ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to cure the coating film and form the functional layer 12.
- the composition for the low refractive index layer is applied onto the functional layer 12 to form a coating film of the composition for the low refractive index layer.
- composition for a low refractive index layer contains, for example, a polymerizable compound and low refractive index particles.
- the composition for a low refractive index layer may contain a low refractive index resin instead of the polymerizable compound and the low refractive index particles, and the low refractive index resin may be used as a leveling agent or a solvent, if necessary. , May contain a polymerization initiator.
- the coating film After forming a coating film of the composition for a low refractive index layer, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 30 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower by various known methods to evaporate the solvent.
- the coating film is dried, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to cure the coating film. As a result, the low refractive index layer 13 is formed, and the transparent laminated body 10 is obtained.
- ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays
- the transparent laminated body 10 since the transparent laminated body 10 has the low refractive index layer 13, it has antireflection property, and when the transparent laminated body 10 is subjected to the above-mentioned antifogging test, the transparent laminated body 10 has antireflection property. Since the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 does not become cloudy, excellent antifogging property can be obtained. Further, in the transparent laminated body 10, since ⁇ Y1 is 0.2% or less, the visual reflectance Y is unlikely to change even in an environment where it tends to be cloudy. Therefore, it is possible to provide the transparent laminated body 10 which has antireflection property and excellent antifogging property, and the visual reflectance Y does not easily change even in an environment where fogging is likely to occur.
- the transparent laminate 10 has antireflection and excellent antifogging properties, and the visual reflectance Y does not easily change even in an environment where it is prone to fogging. Therefore, when the transparent laminate 10 is used in an image display device, it is difficult to change.
- the image display device it is possible to prevent the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 from becoming cloudy due to moisture in the air layer, whereby the sharpness, visibility, and transparency of the image due to the decrease in visual reflectance can be suppressed. The decrease can be suppressed. Further, in a large image display device, since it is possible to suppress the fogging of a part of the surface of the antireflection film, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of unevenness due to a partial decrease in the sharpness of the image.
- the transparent laminate 10 is used for the transparent protective device for the face or the transparent partition, even when the conversation is performed through the transparent protective device for the face or the transparent partition, the light is reflected from the mouth. It is possible to suppress the difficulty in seeing the movement, and it is possible to suppress the feeling of anxiety and stress on the person with whom the person is talking because the transparent protective device for the face becomes cloudy due to exhalation.
- the low refractive index layer is much thinner than the functional layer, if the antifogging material is contained only in the low refractive index layer, the content of the antifogging material is too small, and the above antifogging property test is performed. When this is done, the surface of the transparent laminate may become cloudy. Therefore, as a result of diligent research, the present inventors have found that even if a low refractive index layer is present on the functional layer, at least if the functional layer contains an antifogging material, the surface of the transparent laminate is excellent. It was found that anti-fog property can be obtained. In the present embodiment, since the functional layer 12 contains the anti-fog material, the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 can be prevented from becoming anti-fog.
- hollow silica particles tend to contain water because they are hollow. If the hollow silica particles contain water, the hollow silica particles become cloudy, which may cause stains in the transparent laminate. On the other hand, even when the hollow silica particles are used in the transparent laminated body 10 of the present embodiment, stains due to the white turbidity of the hollow silica particles in the transparent laminated body 10 are unlikely to occur. The reason for this is not clear, but it is considered that the anti-fog material in the functional layer 12 absorbs water before the hollow silica particles.
- the present inventors have conducted diligent research on anti-fog properties, and found that at least one of the functional layer and the low refractive index layer contains an anti-fog material containing an ether component such as an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide to some extent. It was found that the cloudiness was further improved.
- the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 is subjected to the above-mentioned antifogging test on the transparent laminate 10. Is not fogged, excellent anti-fog properties can be obtained, and ⁇ Y1 can be set to 0.2% or less.
- the ratio of the second peak intensity to the first peak intensity is 1.25 or more and 2.20 or less, it has antireflection property and excellent antifog property, and has a visual reflectance even in an environment where it is easy to fog. It is possible to provide a transparent laminated body 10 in which Y does not easily change.
- the present inventors have made intensive studies on antifogging properties, in the absorption spectrum by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy of the surface of the transparent laminate has a third peak in the third wavenumber range of 1540 cm -1 ⁇ 1560 cm -1 material (e.g., urethane (meth) material having a urethane skeleton, such as acrylate) if it contains, in the absorption spectrum by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy transparent laminate, a first wave number of 1150cm -1 ⁇ 1000cm -1 also the ratio of the second peak intensity of the second wave number region of 1780 cm -1 ⁇ 1700 cm -1 for the first peak intensity of the band is a case somewhat lower, found that anti-fogging property is further improved.
- urethane (meth) material having a urethane skeleton, such as acrylate e.g., urethane (meth) material having a urethane skeleton, such as acryl
- the transparent laminate is used.
- the surface 10A of the transparent laminated body 10 does not fog, excellent antifogging property can be obtained, and ⁇ Y1 can be 0.2% or less. Therefore, when the ratio of the second peak intensity to the first peak intensity is 0.01 or more and 0.40 or less, it has anti-reflection property and excellent anti-fog property, and has a visual reflectance even in an environment where it is easy to fog. It is possible to provide a transparent laminated body 10 in which Y does not easily change.
- the odor of the transparent laminate is easily felt. Therefore, when the transparent laminate is used near the face, it is required to suppress the odor of the transparent laminate.
- the quaternary ammonium-based anti-fog material has a strong odor, so that the quaternary ammonium-based anti-fog material is not suitable for use near the face.
- an anti-fog material other than the quaternary ammonium anti-fog material is selected as the anti-fog material, and / or a polymerization initiator having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 350 nm is used as the polymerization initiator. By selecting it, the odor can be suppressed, so that it can be used even in applications near the face.
- the above-mentioned polymerization initiator for suppressing odor may be a cationic polymerization initiator, but a radical polymerization initiator is preferable. Further, a polymerization initiator having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 350 nm and a polymerization initiator having a maximum absorption wavelength of 350 nm or more may be used.
- the above-mentioned polymerization initiator for suppressing odor is not particularly limited as long as it has a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 350 nm, and for example, a benzoin compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, and the like.
- ⁇ -Aminoketone compounds, triazine compounds, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts and the like can be used.
- the ⁇ -acetophenone compound is preferable.
- the ⁇ -acetophenone compound include 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) benzyl] phenyl ⁇ -2-methylpropa-1-one and 2-methyl-2.
- Examples of commercially available ⁇ -acetophenone compounds include Omnirad 127, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 379EG, Omnirad 907 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Sequol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
- Examples of commercially available benzophenone compounds having a maximum absorption wavelength below 350 nm include Omnipol BP (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and commercially available ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds having a maximum absorption peak below 350 nm.
- Examples of the product include ESACURE KIP150 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and the like.
- the transparent laminated body 10 is provided with the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13 on the first surface 11A side of the base material 11, but like the transparent laminated body 20 shown in FIG. 2, the first surface of the base material 11 is the first.
- the functional layer 21 and the low refractive index layer 22 may be provided not only on the first surface 11A but also on the second surface 11B side opposite to the first surface 11A.
- the functional layer 21 may be the same as or different from the functional layer 12, and the low refractive index layer 22 may be the same as or different from the low refractive index layer 13. .
- the surface 20A of the transparent laminate 20 is the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13.
- the transparent laminated body 10 includes the base material 11, it does not have to be provided with the base material as in the transparent laminated body 30 shown in FIG. That is, the transparent laminate 30 is a substrate-less laminate.
- the "base material” in the present embodiment is a support for forming a transparent laminate, and is a film or sheet that is present in the transparent laminate even when the transparent laminate is used.
- the transparent laminate 30 is formed on one side of the release film 31. Since the release film 31 is peeled off when the transparent laminate 30 is used, it is not regarded as a base material.
- the surface 30A of the transparent laminate 30 is the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13.
- the low refractive index layer 13 of the transparent laminated body 10 does not contain an antifogging material, but a low refractive index layer containing an antifogging material instead of the low refractive index layer 13 as in the transparent laminated body 40 shown in FIG. 41 may be used. Since the anti-fog material contained in the low refractive index layer 41 is the same as the anti-fog material described in the column of the functional layer 12, the description thereof will be omitted here. Since the low-refractive index layer 41 contains the anti-fog material, not only the functional layer 12 but also the low-refractive index layer 41 exhibits the anti-fog function, so that the anti-fog property can be further improved.
- the surface 40A of the transparent laminate 40 is the surface 41A of the low refractive index layer 41.
- the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13 are adjacent to each other, but the high refractive index layer is between the functional layer 12 and the low refractive index layer 13 as in the transparent laminated body 50 shown in FIG. 51 may be provided.
- the surface 50A of the transparent laminate 50 is the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13.
- the low refractive index layer 13 of the transparent laminated body 50 shown in FIG. 5 does not have antifogging property
- the low refractive index layer 41 of the transparent laminated body 40 is used instead of the low refractive index layer 13. May be good.
- the high refractive index layer 51 is a layer having a refractive index higher than that of the low refractive index layer. Specifically, the refractive index of the high refractive index layer 51 may be 1.55 or more and 1.85 or less.
- the refractive index of the high refractive index layer 51 can be measured by the method described in the column of the functional layer 12.
- the refractive index of the high refractive index layer 51 is 1.56 or more and 1.85 or less, 1.57 or more and 1.85 or less, 1.55 or more and 1.80 or less, 1.56 or more and 1.80 or less, 1.57 or more. 1.80 or less, 1.55 or more and 1.75 or less, 1.56 or more and 1.75 or less, 1. Alternatively, it may be 57 or more and 1.75 or less.
- the difference in refractive index between the low refractive index layer 13 and the high refractive index layer 51 may be 0.1 or more and 0.65 or less.
- the film thickness of the high refractive index layer 51 is preferably 200 nm or less. When the film thickness of the high refractive index layer 51 is 200 nm or less, the reflection of external light can be suppressed without impairing the appearance.
- the film thickness of the high refractive index layer 51 can be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the low refractive index layer 13.
- the film thickness of the high refractive index layer 51 is 50 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 60 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 70 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 80 nm or more and 200 nm or less, 50 nm or more and 195 nm or less, 60 nm or more and 195 nm or less, 70 nm or more and 195 nm or less, 80 nm or more and 195 nm or less.
- the transparent laminate 10 is used for various purposes.
- applications of the transparent laminate 10 include an image display device, a transparent protective device for a face, a transparent partition, a transparent film curtain, and the like.
- the "transparent face protector" is intended to protect the entire face or a part of the face (for example, eyes).
- Examples of the transparent protective device for the face include protective goggles and a face shield.
- the transparent face protective device may be a single-use type or a regenerative use type.
- Examples of the single-use transparent protective device for the face include a film exchange protective goggle type, a surgical mask type with a face shield, a face shield type, etc., and a remanufactured transparent face protective device includes a protective goggle type. , Goggles type, face shield type, etc.
- a case where the transparent laminate 10 is used for an image display device and a transparent protective device for a face will be described.
- the image display device 60 shown in FIG. 6 is mainly used outdoors, but may be used indoors.
- the image display device 60 includes a display panel 70 and a transparent front plate 100 arranged on the observer side of the display panel 70 via an air layer (air gap) 90.
- the thickness d of the air layer 90 (distance between the display panel 70 and the front plate 100) d is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, more than 0 mm and 50 mm or less.
- the image display device 60 also includes a backlight device 110 that illuminates the display panel 70 on the back side of the display panel 70. However, depending on the type of display panel, the image display device may not be provided with a backlight device.
- the display panel 70 includes a display element 71 and polarizing plates 72 and 73 arranged on the observer side and the backlight device 110 side of the display element 71, respectively, and the display element 71. And the polarizing plates 72 and 73 are integrated via transparent adhesive layers 74 and 75 such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA).
- PSA pressure-sensitive adhesive
- the display element 71 is a liquid crystal display element.
- the display element is not limited to the liquid crystal display element, and may be, for example, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) element or the like.
- OLED organic light emitting diode
- As the liquid crystal display element a known liquid crystal display element can be used.
- a liquid crystal layer, an alignment film, an electrode layer, a color filter, or the like is arranged between two glass substrates.
- the polarizing plate 72 includes a polarizing element 76, an antireflection film 77 attached to the surface of the polarizing element 76 on the observer side, and a protective film 78 attached to the surface of the polarizing element 76 on the backlight device 110 side. It is equipped with. Instead of the antireflection film 77, the same as the protective film 78 may be attached to the surface of the polarizing element 76 on the observer side, or another optical film may be attached.
- Examples of the polarizing element 76 include a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film dyed with iodine or a dichroic dye and uniaxially stretched.
- a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin a saponified polyvinyl acetate-based resin can be used.
- Examples of the polyvinyl acetate-based resin include polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, and a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith.
- Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and acrylamides having an ammonium group.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can be used.
- the polarizing element 76 and the antireflection film 77 or the protective film 78 it is preferable to saponify the antireflection film 77 or the protective film 78 in advance.
- the saponification treatment By performing the saponification treatment on the antireflection film 77 and the protective film 78, the adhesiveness with the polarizing element 76 is improved.
- the antireflection film 77 is intended to protect the polarizing element 76 and to obtain antireflection properties.
- the "antireflection property" in the present specification means a property of reducing reflected light, and specifically means that the visual reflectance Y described later is 3.5% or less.
- the antireflection film 77 is provided on the light-transmitting base material 79, the functional layer 80 provided on the surface of the base material 79 on the observer side, and the surface of the functional layer 80 on the observer side, and the refractive index functions. It is provided with a low refractive index layer 81 having a refractive index lower than that of the layer 80.
- the base material 79 and the low refractive index layer 81 are the same as the base material 11 and the low refractive index layer 13, the description thereof will be omitted here. However, the base material 79 and the low refractive index layer 81 do not have to be the same as the base material 11 and the low refractive index layer 13 described later.
- the functional layer 80 is the same as the functional layer 12 described later except that it does not contain the anti-fog material described later, and thus the description thereof will be omitted here.
- the functional layer 80 may contain an anti-fog material. That is, the antireflection film 77 is less likely to be fogged because heat from the display panel 70 side is more easily applied than the transparent laminate 10, but the same film as the transparent laminate 10 may be used.
- the functional layer 80 of the anti-reflection film 77 does not contain the anti-fog material, it does not have anti-fog properties. However, when the functional layer 80 of the anti-reflection film 77 contains the anti-fog material, it is reflective.
- the contact angle with water on the surface 77A (the surface of the low refractive index layer 81) on the observer side of the prevention film 77 may be 90 ° or more.
- the protective film 78 is for protecting the polarizing element 76, and is made of a light-transmitting substrate such as a triacetyl cellulose film (TAC film).
- TAC film triacetyl cellulose film
- the polarizing plate 73 includes a polarizing element 82, a protective film 83 attached to one surface of the polarizing element 82, and a protective film 84 attached to the other surface of the polarizing element 82. Since the polarizing element 82 is the same as the polarizing element 76, and the protective films 83 and 84 are the same as the protective film 78, the description thereof will be omitted here.
- the backlight device 110 a known backlight device can be used.
- the backlight device 110 may be either an edge light type or a direct type backlight device.
- the front plate 100 includes a base material 101 and a transparent laminate 10 arranged on the display panel 70 side of the base material 101.
- the transparent laminate 10 is arranged on the display panel 70 side with respect to the base material 101, but is arranged on at least one of the display panel 70 side and the observer side with respect to the base material 101. Just do it.
- the base material 101 and the transparent laminate 10 are bonded to each other by a transparent adhesive layer 102.
- Another functional layer may be interposed between the base material 101 and the transparent laminate 10. In this case, the base material 101, the other functional layer, and the transparent laminate 10 are integrated by laminating or the like.
- the base material 101 is for imparting hardness to the image display device 60.
- the surface 101A of the base material 101 is the surface 60A on the observer side of the image display device 60.
- the thickness of the base material 101 is preferably 50 ⁇ m or more and 5 mm or less.
- the thickness of the base material 101 is 50 ⁇ m or more, the base material 101 is not easily cracked, and the front plate is warped due to water absorption, so that it is not easily affected by the outside air.
- the thickness of the base material 101 is 5 mm or less, deterioration of visibility due to a decrease in light transmittance and distortion of an image can be suppressed, and the weight does not become too large and it is easy to handle.
- the thickness of the base material 101 can be measured by the same method as the thickness of the base material 11.
- the constituent materials of the base material 101 are not particularly limited, but are glass, acetyl cellulose-based resin, cycloolefin polymer (COP) -based resin, cycloolefin copolymer (COC) -based resin, polycarbonate-based resin, acrylic-based resin, polyester-based resin, and the like. Alternatively, a mixture of these resins can be mentioned. Among these, glass is preferable from the viewpoint of high hardness and high transparency. Since the constituent materials of the base material are the same as the glass, acetyl cellulose base material, cycloolefin polymer base material, polycarbonate base material, acrylic base material, or polyester base material described in the base material, the description thereof is omitted here. And.
- the air layer 90 exists between the display panel 70 and the front plate 100, and the front plate 100 has excellent anti-fog properties on the display panel 70 side. It is possible to provide an image display device 60 having a
- the face transparent protective device 120 shown in FIG. 7 is a face shield.
- the face transparent protective device 120 includes, for example, a support member 130 and a double-sided antireflection laminate 140 attached to the support member 130.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is used for the transparent face protective device 120, its use is not particularly limited.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 has an antireflection function on both sides.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 shown in FIG. 7 functions as a transparent shield film for a face shield and covers the entire face or a part of the face (for example, eyes). Since thinness and lightness are important for the transparent protective equipment for the face, the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is preferably 1000 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of thinning and weight reduction.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 can be used not only as a transparent shield film for a face shield, but also as a plate-shaped partition or a film curtain for preventing splashes.
- the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate is preferably 15,000 ⁇ m or less because it is easy to handle because it is thin and lightweight.
- the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 was measured by measuring the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 at 10 points using a thickness measuring device (product name "Digimatic Indicator IDF-130", manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.). The arithmetic mean value of the thickness of. If the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate is too thin, it is easily deformed, and if the double-sided antireflection laminate is not stiff, it clings to the face.
- 85 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less From the viewpoint of giving elasticity and making it thinner or lighter, 85 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, 85 ⁇ m or more and 700 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or more and 700 ⁇ m or less, or 250 ⁇ m or more and 700 ⁇ m or less, 85 ⁇ m or more. It is more preferably 600 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or more and 600 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or more and 600 ⁇ m or less, 85 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less, or 250 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 when the thickness of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is 110 ⁇ m or more and 450 ⁇ m or less, the visual reflectance Y is low, anti-fog property and visibility are excellent, and the thickness is optimum. Therefore, the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 When a face shield is manufactured using the above, a lightweight and comfortable face shield can be obtained.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 for example, a transparent laminate 10, a transparent adhesive layer 150, and an antireflection film 160 are laminated in this order. That is, the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is provided with antireflection films on both sides. By providing anti-reflective films on both sides, transparency can be further improved, the movement of the mouth can be understood, and the conversation partner can be given a sense of security.
- the first surface (inner surface) 140A on the face side of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10 (the surface 13A of the low refractive index layer 13), and is the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140.
- the two surfaces (outer surface) 140B are the surfaces 160A of the antireflection film 160.
- the double-sided reflectance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is preferably 0.1% or more and 2% or less. If the double-sided reflectance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is 0.1% or more, the decrease in scratch resistance can be suppressed, and if it is 2% or less, the reflection can be sufficiently suppressed, so that the movement of the mouth can be seen. It will be easier.
- the "double-sided reflectance" means the total reflectance of the light reflected on both sides of the double-sided antireflection laminate when the light is incident from one side of the double-sided antireflection laminate.
- the double-sided reflectance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is 0.13% or more and 2% or less, 0.17% or more and 2% or less, 0.20% or more and 2% or less, 0.1% or more and 1.97% or less.
- 0.13% or more and 1.97% or less 0.17% or more and 1.97% or less, 0.20% or more and 1.97% or less, 0.1% or more and 1.93% or less, 0.13% or more 1 .93% or less, 0.17% or more and 1.93% or less, 0.20% or more and 1.93% or less, 0.1% or more and 1.90% or less, 0.13% or more and 1.90% or less, 0 It is preferably .17% or more and 1.90% or less, or 0.20% or more and 1.90% or less.
- the double-sided reflectance can be measured as follows. First, the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is cut into a size of 70 mm ⁇ 70 mm to obtain a sample. Further, a black acrylic plate having a size of 10 mm ⁇ 50 mm (hereinafter referred to as “black acrylic plate 1”) from a black acrylic plate (for example, product name “CLAREX N-885”, manufactured by Nitto Jushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., thickness 1 mm). ), And one black acrylic plate having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 50 mm (hereinafter referred to as “black acrylic plate 2”) are cut out.
- black acrylic plate 1 a black acrylic plate having a size of 10 mm ⁇ 50 mm
- black acrylic plate 2 for example, product name “CLAREX N-885”, manufactured by Nitto Jushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., thickness 1 mm.
- the black acrylic plates 1 are placed on the black acrylic plates 2 so as to face each other and fixed with tape (product name "Cellotape (registered trademark), manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd.” or the like to produce the holder 170 shown in FIG. 9). After that, the sample S is placed on the holder 170 so that the sample straddles the two black acrylic plates 1. Then, in this state, a spectrophotometer (for example, product name "UV-2600”, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). It is installed in the measuring unit to measure the visual reflectance.
- the value obtained by multiplying the visual reflectance of the black acrylic plate by the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate twice from the measured visual reflectance For example, in the case of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140, the reflectance (%) of the black acrylic plate ⁇ the total light transmittance (%) of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140/100 ⁇ the total light beam of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140. By subtracting the transmittance (%) / 100), the double-sided reflectance of the sample S is obtained.
- the visual reflectance Y measured from the first surface 140A of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is equal to or higher than the visual reflectance Y measured from the second surface 140B of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate is used for the transparent face protective device, the lower the visual reflectance of the outer surface, the more the reflection can be suppressed, so that the face of the person wearing the transparent face protective device can be easily seen from the other side. Further, when trying to improve the anti-fog property on the inner surface side of the double-sided antireflection laminate, the visual reflectance Y tends to increase.
- the visual reflectance Y measured from the first surface 140A of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is set to be equal to or higher than the visual reflectance Y measured from the second surface 140B of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140. Therefore, the face of the person wearing the transparent protective device for the face can be easily seen, and the antifogging property can be enhanced on the inner surface side.
- ⁇ Y2 which is an absolute value of the difference between the two (
- the ⁇ Y2 is more preferably 0.5% or less. The lower limit of ⁇ Y2 is 0% or more.
- the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is preferably 90% or more. When the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is 90% or more, sufficient optical performance can be obtained.
- the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is more preferably 90% or more, 91% or more, or 92% or more.
- the upper limit of the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is 100% or less.
- the total light transmittance of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 can be measured in the same manner as the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate 10.
- the transparent adhesive layer 150 is for joining the transparent laminate 10 and the antireflection film 160.
- the "transparent adhesive layer” in the present specification is a layer having transparency for joining members to each other, and is a concept including a transparent adhesive layer.
- the film thickness of the transparent adhesive layer 150 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, for example. When the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer 150 is 2 ⁇ m or more, the transparent laminate 10 and the antireflection film 160 can be reliably bonded, and when the thickness is 200 ⁇ m or less, transparency (light transmission) can be maintained.
- the film thickness of the transparent adhesive layer 150 is 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 15 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 2 ⁇ m or more and 170 ⁇ m or less, 5 ⁇ m or more and 170 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or more and 170 ⁇ m or less, 15 ⁇ m or more and 170 ⁇ m or less, 2 ⁇ m or more and 160 ⁇ m or less, 5 ⁇ m.
- the film thickness of the transparent adhesive layer 150 can be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12.
- the antireflection film 160 is a film for suppressing external light reflection.
- the structure of the antireflection film 160 is not particularly limited, and for example, the antireflection film 160 shown in FIG. 8 is a transparent laminate in which a base material 161, a functional layer 162, and a low refractive index layer 163 are laminated in this order. It is a body. Since the base material 161 is the same as the base material 11 and the low refractive index layer 163 is the same as the low refractive index layer 13, the description thereof is omitted here.
- the functional layer 162 is the same as the functional layer 12 except that it does not contain an anti-fog material. However, the functional layer 162 may contain an anti-fog material like the functional layer 12.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is provided with the transparent laminate 10 on only one side, but may be provided with the transparent laminate 10 on both sides, for example, as in the double-sided antireflection laminate 180 shown in FIG. ..
- the first surface (inner surface) 180A and the second surface (outer surface) 180B of the double-sided antireflection laminate 180 are both the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10.
- both sides of the double-sided antireflection laminate 180 are provided even if there is a fogging factor not only on the inner surface side but also on the outer surface side. Fogging of the antireflection laminate 180 can be suppressed.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 is provided with the transparent laminate 10, the transparent adhesive layer 150, and the antireflection film 160 in this order, but the transparent laminate 10 is like the double-sided antireflection laminate 190 shown in FIG.
- a transparent film 191 may be arranged between the antireflection film 160 and the antireflection film 160.
- the transparent laminate 10 the transparent adhesive layer 192, the transparent film 191 and the transparent adhesive layer 193, and the antireflection film 160 are provided in this order.
- the first surface (inner surface) 190A of the double-sided antireflection laminate 190 is the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10
- the second surface (outer surface) 190B of the double-sided antireflection laminate 190 is an antireflection film.
- the surface of 160 is 160A.
- Such a double-sided antireflection laminate 190 can be made more elastic and firm than the double-sided antireflection laminate 140.
- the thickness of the transparent film 191 is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. If the thickness of the transparent film 191 is 20 ⁇ m or more, the double-sided antireflection laminate 190 can be made to have a certain degree of elasticity and elasticity, and if it is 200 ⁇ m or less, the weight can be reduced. The thickness of the transparent film 191 can be measured in the same manner as the thickness of the base material.
- the thickness of the transparent film 191 is 25 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or more and 120 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or more and 120 ⁇ m.
- the transparent film 191 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a film made of the resin described in the column of the base material 11.
- the face transparent protective device 120 includes a double-sided antireflection laminate 140, but instead of the double-sided antireflection laminate 140, the single-sided antireflection laminate 200 having an antireflection function on only one side as shown in FIG. May be used.
- the transparent laminate 30 without a base material may be used.
- the transparent laminate 10 is attached to the base material 201 via the transparent adhesive layer 202. That is, in the single-sided antireflection laminate 200, the base material 201, the transparent adhesive layer 202, and the transparent laminate 10 are laminated in this order.
- the first surface (inner surface) 201A of the single-sided antireflection laminate 200 is the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10.
- the release film is peeled off. Since the base material 201 is the same as the base material 11, and the transparent adhesive layer 202 is the same as the transparent adhesive layer 150, the description thereof will be omitted.
- the exhaled air comes into contact with the inner surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate, so it tends to become cloudy.
- the double-sided antireflection laminate 140 by using the first surfaces 140A, 180A, 190A of the double-sided antireflection laminates 140, 180, 190 as the surface 10A of the transparent laminate 10, the double-sided antireflection laminate 140, It is possible to suppress fogging of 180 and 190.
- the transparent laminated body 10 has the low refractive index layer 13, the reflection of light can be suppressed. As a result, the movement of the mouth can be grasped, and a sense of security can be given to the person with whom the conversation is made.
- Anti-fog materials A to D were prepared by the following procedure.
- EO Ethylene oxide
- Anti-fog material B (Anti-fog material B) EO addition was repeated to dipentaerythritol, and finally acrylic acid was ester-added to obtain an antifogging material B which is an ethoxylated dipentaerythritol polyacrylate having an EO modification number of 48.
- Anti-fog material C (Anti-fog material C) EO addition was repeated on glycerin, and finally acrylic acid was ester-added to obtain an antifogging material C which is an ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetraacrylate having an EO modification number of 9.
- Anti-fog material D (Anti-fog material D) EO addition was repeated to trimethylolpropane, and finally acrylic acid was ester-added to obtain an anti-fog material D which is an ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetraacrylate having an EO modification number of 20.
- composition for hard coat layer Each component was blended so as to have the composition shown below to obtain a composition for a hard coat layer.
- composition 1 for hard coat layer -Anti-fog material (product name "NFK-551”, manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.): 7 parts by mass ⁇ 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 0.9 mass Part ⁇ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 1.05 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone ( MIBK): 1.05 parts by mass
- composition 2 for hard coat layer -Anti-fog material (product name "8WX-083", manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 5.56 parts by mass-1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 0 .9 parts by mass ⁇
- Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 1.77 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) ): 1.77 parts by mass
- composition 3 for hard coat layer -Anti-fog material (product name "KRM 8713B”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex): 4.67 parts by mass ⁇ 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex): 0.9 Parts by mass ⁇ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 2.215 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 2.215 parts by mass
- composition for Hardcourt Layer 4 Composition for Hardcourt Layer 4 -Anti-fog material A: 2.10 parts by mass-1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Dycel Ornex): 0.9 parts by mass-Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone) , Product name "Omnirad184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.5 parts by mass, methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 3.5 parts by mass
- composition 5 for hard coat layer -Anti-fog material (product name "A-GLY-20E", manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 2.10 parts by mass ⁇ 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.) ): 0.9 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name "Omnirad 184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.5 Parts by mass ⁇ Methylisobutyl ketone (MIBK): 3.5 parts by mass
- composition 6 for hard coat layer -Urethane acrylate (product name "Aronix M-1100", manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 2.10 parts by mass-1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 0 .9 parts by mass ⁇
- Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.5 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl Isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 3.5 parts by mass
- composition 7 for hard coat layer Anti-fog material (product name "KRM 8713B”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 5.67 parts by mass ⁇ 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 0. 45 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name "Omnirad 184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 1.94 parts by mass, methyl isobutyl Ketone (MIBK): 1.94 parts by mass
- composition for hard coat layer 8 Anti-fog material (product name "KRM 8713B", manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 0.67 parts by mass ⁇ 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name "HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 2 .7 parts by mass ⁇ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.315 parts by mass ⁇ Methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 3.315 parts by mass
- composition 9 for hard coat layer -Anti-fog material (product name "KRM 8713B", manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 4.67 parts by mass-Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0 .9 parts by mass ⁇
- Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name “Omnirad 184”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.
- MEK Methyl ethyl ketone
- MIBK Methyl Isobutyl ketone
- composition 14 for Hardcourt Layer -Mixed mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (product name "KAYARAD DPHA", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 3 parts by mass-Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, product name "Omnirad184", IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.5 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 3.5 parts by mass
- composition 15 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material A: 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 16 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material B: 2.80 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 1.20 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 17 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material A: 2.60 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 1.40 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 19 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material B: 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 20 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material D: 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 21 for Hardcourt Layer -Urethane acrylate (product name "Aronix M-1100", manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 2.80 parts by mass-Anti-fog material A: 0.40 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (Product name “Light acrylate TMP-” A ”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass ⁇ Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant (leveling agent, product name“ F-477 ”, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass ⁇ Start of polymerization Agent (Product name "Omnirad127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 24 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material A: 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 part by mass, polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product name "Omnirad184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 25 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material A: 2.00 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 2.00 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 26 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material C: 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light Acrylate TMP-A", manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.80 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant ( Leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass, methylisobutylketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 27 for Hardcourt Layer Polyethylene glycol diacrylate (product name "Aronix M-240", manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.): 3.20 parts by mass-Trimethylol propantriacrylate (product name "Light acrylate TMP-A”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) : 0.80 part by mass, fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant (leveling agent, product name "F-477”, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 part by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad127", IGM) Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition 28 for Hardcourt Layer ⁇ 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (product name “HDDA”, manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.): 1 part by mass ⁇ High refractive index monofunctional monomer (product name “Light Acrylate POB-A”, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ): 2 parts by mass, fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant (leveling agent, product name "F-477”, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.1 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, product) Name "Omnirad 184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.12 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 3.5 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 3.5 parts by mass
- composition 30 for Hardcourt Layer -Anti-fog material A: 4.00 parts by mass-Fluorine-based non-reactive surfactant (leveling agent, product name "F-477", manufactured by DIC Corporation): 0.1 parts by mass-Polymerization initiator (product name) "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.16 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK): 4.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 1.20 parts by mass
- composition for low refractive index layer Each component was blended so as to have the composition shown below to obtain a composition for a low refractive index layer.
- Composition for Low Refractive Index Layer 1 -Mixed mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trifunctional): 0.14 parts by mass-Hollow silica fine particle dispersion (fine particles, JGC Catalysts and Chemicals) Manufactured by Co., Ltd., average particle diameter 55 nm, solid content 20% by mass, methylisobutylketone dispersion): 0.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methylisobutylketone: 4.44 parts by mass ⁇
- Propropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 1.00 parts by mass ⁇ Reaction Organic silicone having a sex functional group (product name "X-22-
- composition for Low Refractive Index Layer 2 ⁇ Mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name “KAYARAD PET-30”, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trifunctional) 0.16 parts by mass ⁇ Hollow silica fine particle dispersion (fine particles, JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Co., Ltd.) , Average particle size 55 nm, solid content 20% by mass, methylisobutylketone dispersion): 0.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methylisobutylketone: 8.10 parts by mass ⁇ Propropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 1.10 parts by mass ⁇ Reactive sensory Organic silicone having a group (product name "X-22-164E”, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.03 part by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.):
- composition 5 for low refractive index layer -Mixed mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trifunctional): 0.09 parts by mass-Hollow silica fine particle dispersion (fine particles, JGC Catalysts and Chemicals) Manufactured by Co., Ltd., average particle diameter 55 nm, solid content 20% by mass, methylisobutylketone dispersion): 0.80 parts by mass ⁇ Methylisobutylketone: 6.90 parts by mass ⁇
- Propropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 0.84 parts by mass ⁇ Reaction Organic silicone having a sex functional group (product name "X-22-164E”, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.01 parts by mass, polymerization initiator (product name "Omnirad 127
- composition for Low Refractive Index Layer 6 Composition for Low Refractive Index Layer 6 -Anti-fog material A: 0.16 parts by mass-Hollow silica fine particle dispersion (fine particles, manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Co., Ltd., average particle diameter 55 nm, solid content 20% by mass, methylisobutylketone dispersion): 0.80 parts by mass- Methyl isobutyl ketone: 8.86 parts by mass, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 1.00 parts by mass, organic silicone having a reactive functional group (product name "X-22-164E", manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0. 03 parts by mass ⁇ Polymerization initiator (product name “Omnirad 127”, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 0.01 parts by mass
- Example 1 A 60 ⁇ m-thick triacetyl cellulose base material (product name “TD P60”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was prepared as a base material, and the above composition 1 for a hard coat layer was applied to one side of the triacetyl cellulose base material. , A coating film was formed. Next, the formed coating film is dried at 70 ° C. for 30 seconds to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated under a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration of 200 ppm or less) so that the integrated light amount becomes 200 mJ / cm 2. By curing the coating film, a hard coat layer having a refractive index of 1.51 and a film thickness of 5 ⁇ m was formed.
- TD P60 triacetyl cellulose base material
- the composition 1 for the low refractive index layer was applied onto the hard coat layer to form a coating film.
- the formed coating film is dried at room temperature for 60 seconds, then dried at 50 ° C. for 60 seconds, and then coated by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 under a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration of 200 ppm or less).
- the film was cured to form a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.35 and a film thickness of 100 nm, whereby a transparent laminate having a thickness of 65.1 ⁇ m was produced.
- the thickness of the triacetyl cellulose substrate is determined by photographing a cross section of triacetyl cellulose using a scanning electron microscope (SEM, product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd.), and in the image of the cross section.
- the thickness of the cellulose acetate substrate was measured at 10 points, and the thickness was calculated at 10 points by obtaining the arithmetic average value.
- the specific method of taking a cross-sectional photograph is as follows. First, a sample having a size of 1 mm ⁇ 10 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate, and the cut out sample was embedded with an embedding resin to prepare a block.
- a uniform section having a thickness of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less without holes or the like was cut out from this block by a general section preparation method.
- An ultramicrotome EMUC7 manufactured by Leica Microsystems, Inc. was used to prepare the sections.
- the remaining block from which a uniform section having no holes or the like was cut out was used as a measurement sample.
- a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample was taken using the scanning electron microscope.
- the cross-section was observed with the detector set to "SE”, the acceleration voltage set to "5 kV", and the emission current set to "10 ⁇ A".
- the magnification was adjusted appropriately at 100,000 to 100,000 times while adjusting the focus and observing whether each layer could be distinguished.
- the beam monitor aperture is set to "3”
- the objective lens aperture is set to "3”
- W. D. Was set to "8 mm”.
- the film thickness of the hard coat layer is determined by photographing the cross section of the hard coat layer using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM, product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and in the image of the cross section, the film thickness is hard.
- the film thickness of the coat layer was measured at 20 points and used as the arithmetic average value of the film thickness at the 20 points.
- the specific method of taking a cross-sectional photograph is described below. First, in the same manner as above, a section of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less was cut out from the transparent laminate using an ultramicrotome EMUC7 manufactured by Leica Microsystems, Inc., and a uniform section having no holes or the like was used as a measurement sample.
- a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample was taken using the scanning transmission electron microscope.
- the cross-section was observed with the detector set to "TE”, the acceleration voltage set to "30 kV", and the emission current set to "10 ⁇ A”.
- the beam monitor aperture is set to "3”
- the objective lens aperture is set to "3”
- W. D. was set to "8 mm”.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer was also measured by the same method as the film thickness of the hard coat layer.
- the refractive index of the hard coat layer and the low refractive index layer was explained in the column of the functional layer 12 because the film thickness of the hard coat layer was 5 ⁇ m and the film thickness of the low refractive index layer was 100 nm (procedure 1). And (Procedure 2), measured or calculated. Specifically, first, the refractive index of the hardcourt layer was measured by the Becke method. When measuring the refractive index of the hard coat layer by the Becke method, the hard coat layer is scraped off, 10 samples are taken out, and the 10 samples taken out are refracted by the Becke method using a refractive index standard solution.
- the refractive index was measured, and the calculated average value of the refractive index of the measured 10 samples was taken as the refractive index of the hard coat layer.
- the refractive index of the low refractive index layer was calculated by the fitting method using the information on the refractive index and the film thickness of the hard coat layer and the information on the film thickness of the low refractive index layer.
- Example 2 to 32 and Comparative Examples 1 to 18 the thickness of the base material, the film thickness of the hard coat layer and the low refractive index layer, and the refractive index were measured by the same method as in Example 1.
- Examples 2 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 7 to 13> In Examples 2 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 7 to 13, except that the composition for the hard coat layer and the composition for the low refractive index layer shown in Table 1 or Table 2 were used. , A transparent laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.
- Example 14 a transparent adhesive layer having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m (product name “PD-S1”, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) was used to separate the transparent laminate according to Example 9 and the transparent laminate according to Comparative Example 2. The substrates were bonded so as to face each other to obtain a double-sided antireflection laminate.
- the surface of the transparent laminate according to Example 9 (the surface of the low refractive index layer) is set as the first surface, and the transparent laminate according to Comparative Example 2 is used.
- the surface of the body (the surface of the low refractive index layer) was designated as the second surface.
- Comparative Examples 4 and 5 ⁇ Comparative Examples 4 and 5>
- the composition for the hard coat layer shown in Table 1 was used instead of the composition 1 for the hard coat layer, and the low refractive index layer was not formed. Similarly, a transparent laminate was obtained.
- Comparative Example 6 a transparent adhesive layer (product name “PD-S1”, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) having a film thickness of 25 ⁇ m was used so that the two transparent laminates according to Comparative Example 2 face each other. By laminating, a double-sided antireflection laminate was obtained. In the double-sided antireflection laminate according to Comparative Example 6 or the sample described later, the surface of the transparent laminate according to Comparative Example 2 (the surface of the low refractive index layer) is set as the first surface, and the other Comparative Example 2 The surface of the transparent laminate (the surface of the low refractive index layer) according to the above was used as the second surface.
- PD-S1 transparent adhesive layer having a film thickness of 25 ⁇ m
- Example 26 ⁇ Examples 26 to 32 and Comparative Examples 14 to 18>
- the composition for the hard coat layer and the composition for the low refractive index layer shown in Table 4 are used to obtain two transparent laminates 1 and 2 in the same manner as in Example 1. rice field.
- a transparent adhesive layer product name "PD-S1", manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.
- the surface of the transparent laminate 1 was designated as the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate 1
- the surface of the transparent laminate 2 was designated as the second surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate.
- a double-sided antireflection laminate was obtained.
- ⁇ Anti-fog test> In the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate according to Examples 1 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 13, the transparent laminate was placed in a refrigerator at ⁇ 15 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then immediately placed in an environment of 25 ° C. and 50% relative humidity. An antifogging test was performed in which the transparent laminate was moved to the bottom and left to stand for 5 minutes, and the surface of the transparent laminate after the antifogging test (Examples 1 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 7 to 13 had low refractive index.
- the measurement sample transparent laminate or double-sided antireflection laminate
- the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate was determined by visually observing. Visual observation was performed from the front of the measurement sample in a room of 1000 Lux (light source: white light source) at a position 30 cm away from the surface of the measurement sample.
- the evaluation criteria are as follows. A: The surface of all three transparent laminates or the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate was not fogged. B: The surface of two or more transparent laminates out of three or the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate was cloudy.
- ⁇ Breathing test> In the transparent laminates according to Examples 1 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5, 7 to 13, and the double-sided antireflection laminates according to Examples 14, 26 to 32 and Comparative Examples 6, 14 to 18.
- a breath test was performed. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate, and a sample having a size of 17 cm ⁇ 27 cm was cut out from the double-sided antireflection laminate. Then, in the case of a transparent laminate, a film of a commercially available mouth shield (transparent mask) was removed, and the sample was attached to the support of the mouth shield so that the sample was placed in front of the mouth instead of this film. ..
- the surface of the transparent laminate (the surface of the low refractive index layer in Examples 1 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 7 to 13, and the surface of the hard coat layer in Comparative Examples 4 and 5).
- the sample was pasted so that was on the mouth side.
- a double-sided antireflection laminate remove the commercially available face shield film and use the sample as a support for the face shield film so that the sample is placed on the face, especially in front of the mouth, instead of this film. I pasted it.
- the sample was attached so that the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate was on the mouth side.
- these samples are applied to the surface of the transparent laminate or the central portion of the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate in an environment of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%.
- a large breath was blown from a distance of 10 cm in the normal direction of the first surface, and once clouded by exhalation, a conversation was performed for 30 minutes in a room of 1000 Lux (light source: white light source). Then, in these 30 minutes, it was observed whether the cloudiness disappeared and whether the mouth was clearly visible.
- the observation distance was set to 1 m, and observation was performed from the front of the wearer of the mouse shield or face shield.
- the evaluation criteria are as follows. The subjects were 10 people in their 20s to 50s.
- AA For all, the fogging on the surface of the transparent laminate and the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate disappeared within 3 seconds, and after that, it was hard to fog and the mouth was clearly visible.
- ⁇ Y1 visual reflectance Y measurement and antireflection evaluation>
- the visual reflectance Y of the transparent laminates and the double-sided antireflection laminates before and after the antifogging test was measured.
- ⁇ Y1 which is an absolute value of the difference of the visual reflectance Y was calculated.
- the antireflection property was evaluated from the visual reflectance Y of the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate before the anti-fog test. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 25 mm ⁇ 50 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate.
- UV-2600 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- the surface of the sample before the antifogging test (Examples 1 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 7 to).
- the software (UV-2600) that receives the reflected light in the normal reflection direction reflected by the sample, measures the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm, and then converts it as the brightness felt by the human eye.
- the visual reflectance Y before the antifogging test was determined by the built-in software).
- the visual reflectance Y was measured at 40 points at substantially equal intervals so as to cover the entire sample, and was used as the arithmetic mean value of the measured 40 points of visual reflectance.
- the anti-fog test was performed on the sample under the same conditions as the above-mentioned anti-fog test.
- the visual reflectance Y in the sample after the anti-fog test is obtained in the same manner as the visual reflectance Y in the sample before the anti-fog test, and the surface 10A of the transparent laminate is viewed before and after the anti-fog test.
- the absolute value of the difference in the sensitivity reflectance Y was obtained.
- the measurement of the visual reflectance Y is opposite to the surface of the triacetyl cellulose substrate on which the hard coat layer is formed in Examples 1 to 13, 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5, 7 to 13.
- a 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm ⁇ 2 mm blackboard product name “Comoglas Acrylic Plate”, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.
- the evaluation criteria for antireflection are as follows. A: The visual reflectance Y was 3.5% or less. B: The visual reflectance Y exceeded 3.5%.
- the total light transmittance of the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate according to Examples and Comparative Examples was measured in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% in accordance with JIS K7361-1: 1997.
- the measurement was performed using the product name "HM-150" (manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute). Specifically, after cutting out a sample having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 100 mm from the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate, the sample is placed in the haze meter without curls or wrinkles and without fingerprints or dust. installed. Then, the measurement was performed three times for one sample, and the arithmetic mean value of the values obtained by the measurement three times was taken as the total light transmittance.
- ⁇ Measurement of haze value> The haze values of the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate according to Examples and Comparative Examples are measured in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% in accordance with JIS K7136: 2000, according to a haze meter (product name "HM"). -150 ”, manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute). Specifically, after cutting out a sample having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 100 mm from the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate, the sample is placed in the haze meter without curls or wrinkles and without fingerprints or dust. installed. Then, the measurement was performed three times for one sample, and the arithmetic mean value of the values obtained by the measurement three times was used as the haze value.
- ⁇ Measurement of contact angle of transparent laminate The surface of the transparent laminate according to Examples 1 to 14 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 (the surface of the low refractive index layer in Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, and the hard coat layer in Comparative Examples 4 and 5).
- the contact angle with water at 25 ° C. was measured according to the static drip method described in JIS R3257: 1999. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 25 mm ⁇ 30 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate and the double-sided antireflection laminate. Then, this sample was flatly attached with double-sided tape on a slide glass having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 125 mm.
- the sample is statically discharged for 30 seconds by irradiating the sample with ions with an ionizer (for example, product name "KD-730B", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Works Ltd.). did.
- an ionizer for example, product name "KD-730B", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Works Ltd.
- an ionizer for example, product name "KD-730B", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Works Ltd.
- a microscopic contact angle meter product name "DropMaster 300", manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
- 1 ⁇ L of water was applied to the surface of the sample (the surface of the low refractive index layer in Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3).
- Example 14 and Comparative Example 6 it was dropped onto the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate, and in Comparative Examples 4 and 5, the surface of the hard coat layer), and the contact angle immediately after the dropping was measured at 10 points, and their arithmetic was performed. The average value was taken as the contact angle on the surface of the transparent laminate. The contact angle was measured in an environment with a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%.
- the adhesive resin was not spread, and the drop was made one drop so that the adhesive resin would not protrude from the transparent laminate when spread as described later.
- the transparent laminate cut out to the above size is brought into contact with the slide glass so that the front surface side is the upper surface and the adhesive resin is located at the center of the transparent laminate, and the transparent laminate is adhered between the slide glass 1 and the transparent laminate.
- the resin was spread out and temporarily bonded.
- another new slide glass 2 was placed on the transparent laminate to obtain a laminate of slide glass 1 / adhesive resin / transparent laminate / slide glass 2.
- a weight of 30 g or more and 50 g was placed on the slide glass 2 and left at room temperature for 12 hours in that state.
- ⁇ Ra / Rz> In the transparent laminates according to Examples 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 7 to 13, the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) and the maximum height (Rz) on the surface of the transparent laminate were measured, and Rz on the surface of the transparent laminate was measured.
- the ratio of Ra to Ra (Ra / Rz) was determined. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 5 mm ⁇ 5 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate. Then, using an atomic force microscope (AFM) SPM-9700 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, the surface shape of the sample was measured under the following conditions in the On-Line (measurement) mode of the software: SPM manager. .. After that, image processing was performed using the Off-Line (analysis) mode.
- AFM atomic force microscope
- the obtained AFM images were analyzed to obtain Rz (maximum height) and Ra (arithmetic mean roughness) of each sample. Arithmetic mean values of Rz and Rz / Ra at 14 locations were obtained for each sample, and these values were defined as Rz and Rz / Ra.
- Measurement mode Phase scanning range: 5 ⁇ m ⁇ 5 ⁇ m Scanning speed: 0.2Hz Number of pixels: 512 x 512 Cantilever used: NCHR manufactured by Nanoworld (resonance frequency: 320 kHz, spring constant 42 N / m) (AFM image processing conditions) Tilt correction: average value in the X direction, surface fit (automatic)
- Odor evaluation was performed on the transparent laminates according to Examples 15 to 25 and Comparative Examples 7 to 13. Specifically, first, a sample having a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm was cut out from the transparent laminate. Then, these samples were smelled from a position 5 cm away from the center of the surface of the transparent laminate in the normal direction of the surface under an environment of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%.
- the evaluation criteria are as follows. The subjects were 10 people in their 20s to 50s. AA: everyone didn't feel the odor of concern. A: 7-9 people did not feel the odor of concern. B: Three or more people felt annoying odors.
- ⁇ Reflection characteristics> The reflection characteristics of the double-sided antireflection laminates according to Examples 26 to 32 and Comparative Examples 14 to 18 were investigated. Specifically, the magnitude relation between the double-sided reflectance and the visual reflectance Y and ⁇ Y2 were obtained.
- (1) Measurement of double-sided reflectance First, a double-sided antireflection laminate was cut into a size of 70 mm ⁇ 70 mm to obtain a sample. Further, a black acrylic plate having a thickness of 1 mm (product name "CLAREX N-885", manufactured by Nitto Jushi Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and a size of 10 mm x 50 mm (hereinafter referred to as "black acrylic plate 1").
- black acrylic plate 2 On black acrylic plates 1 and one black acrylic plate having a size of 50 mm ⁇ 50 mm (hereinafter referred to as “black acrylic plate 2”) were cut out.
- the black acrylic plates 1 were placed on the black acrylic plates 2 so as to face each other and fixed with tape (product name "Cellotape (registered trademark), manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd.” to prepare a holder as shown in FIG. 9. After that, the sample was placed on the holder so that the sample straddled the two black acrylic plates 1. Then, in this state, the measurement unit of the spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2600", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used.
- the measurement unit of the spectrophotometer product name "UV-2600", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- a spectrophotometer irradiates light with an incident angle of 5 degrees from the surface side of the sample, receives the reflected light in the normal reflection direction reflected by the sample, and measures the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm.
- the visual reflectance was determined by software (software built into the UV-2600) that converts it as the brightness felt by the human eye.
- the visual reflectance was 40 at approximately equal intervals so as to cover the entire sample. The points were measured and used as the arithmetic average value of the measured 40 points of the visual reflectivity. Then, the visual reflectivity of the black acrylic plate 1 measured in advance from the measured visual reflectivity was combined with the double-sided antireflection laminate.
- sample 1 The magnitude relationship of the visual reflectance Y and ⁇ Y2
- samples 1 and 2 Two samples (samples 1 and 2) having a size of 70 mm ⁇ 70 mm were cut out from each double-sided antireflection laminate.
- sample 1 in order to measure the visual reflectance of the first surface, a black acrylic plate (product name "Comoglas acrylic plate”, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm ⁇ 2 mm was placed on the second surface. It was attached with a transparent adhesive having a film thickness of 25 ⁇ m (product name “PD-S1”, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.).
- a black acrylic plate having a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm ⁇ 2 mm (product name “COMOGLASS acrylic plate”, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) is manufactured on the first surface. ) was attached with a transparent adhesive having a film thickness of 25 ⁇ m (product name “PD-S1”, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.). Then, a sample 1 having a black acrylic plate attached to the second surface was installed in the measurement section of a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2600”, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the visual reflectance of the first surface was observed. Was measured.
- a sample 2 with a black acrylic plate attached to the first surface was installed in the measurement section of a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2600", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the visual reflectance of the second surface.
- the visual reflectance was determined by the same procedure as that described in the section of double-sided reflectance measurement. Then, the measured visual reflectance of the first surface and the visual reflectance of the second surface were compared to obtain a magnitude relationship between the visual reflectance of the first surface and the visual reflectance of the second surface. .. Further, ⁇ Y2, which is an absolute value of the difference between the visual reflectance of the first surface and the visual reflectance of the second surface (
- a bright room 1000 Lux, light source: white light source
- the evaluation criteria are as follows. The subjects were 10 people in their 20s to 50s. AA: For all, the fogging on the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate disappeared within 3 seconds, and after that, it was hard to fogging and the mouth was clearly visible. There was no reflection that the facial expressions could not be read. A: In 8 to 9 people, the fogging on the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate disappeared within 3 seconds, and after that, it was hard to fogging and the mouth was clearly visible. There was no reflection that the facial expressions could not be read. B: For 3 or more people, the fogging on the first surface of the double-sided antireflection laminate did not disappear, and the mouth could not be seen well.
- the results will be described below.
- the visual reflectance Y was low, but the anti-fog property was inferior.
- the transparent laminated body according to Comparative Examples 4 and 5 although the anti-fog property was excellent, the low refractive index layer was not formed, so that the visual reflectance Y was high.
- the peak intensity ratio was less than 1.25 or less than 0.01, so that the anti-fog property was inferior.
- the transparent laminate according to Comparative Example 13 since the peak intensity ratio of 2.2 was exceeded, the film strength of the low refractive index layer was insufficient, and in the transparent laminate after the antifogging test, the transparent laminate was used.
- the transparent laminates according to Examples 15 to 17 have a low visual reflectance Y, are excellent in anti-fog property and visibility, and have an optimum thickness. Therefore, the transparent laminates according to Examples 15 to 17 When the face shield was manufactured using the above, a lightweight and comfortable face shield could be obtained.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Textile Engineering (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
Description
図1に示される透明積層体10は、反射防止性および防曇性を有する透明の積層体である。すなわち、透明積層体10は、反射防止フィルムおよび防曇性フィルムとして機能するものである。本明細書における「透明」とは、用途に応じた透過視認性を実現できる程度の透明性があればよい。
(測定条件)
・波数範囲:4000~800cm-1
・積算回数:64回
・分解能:8cm-1
・検出器:TGS
・ATR補正:無し
・測定および解析ソフトウェア:Thermo Scientific OMINIC
(AFM測定条件)
測定モード:位相
走査範囲:5μm×5μm
走査速度:0.2Hz
画素数:512×512
使用したカンチレバー:ナノワールド社製NCHR(共鳴周波数:320kHz、ばね定数42N/m)
(AFM画像処理条件)
傾き補正:X方向の平均値、面フィット(自動)
(測定条件)
・圧子形状:バーコビッチ
・荷重制御方式:最大荷重40mNまで
・荷重の増加時間:4秒
・クリープ時間:5秒
・荷重の除去時間:4秒
・測定時の温度:25℃
・測定時の湿度:50%
基材11の厚みは、用途によって異なる。例えば、透明積層体10が画像表示装置に用いられる場合には、基材11の厚みは、25μm以上300μm以下であることが好ましい。基材11の厚みが25μm以上であれば、硬度が高く、またカールを抑制できるため加工がし易く、また基材11の厚みが300μm以下であれば、コスト上昇を抑制でき、また重量が大きくなりすぎることもなく取り扱いが容易である。基材11の厚みは、優れた硬度を得る観点およびより軽量化を図る観点から、30μm以上300μm、40μm以上300μm、50μm以上300μm、25μm以上200μm以下、30μm以上200μm以下、40μm以上200μm以下、50μm以上200μm以下、25μm以上150μm以下、30μm以上150μm以下、40μm以上150μm以下、50μm以上150μm以下、25μm以上100μm以下、30μm以上100μm以下、40μm以上100μm以下、または50μm以上100μm以下であることがより好ましい。
機能層12は、透明積層体10において、何らかの機能を発揮する層である。防曇機能は、主に機能層によって発揮されるが、防曇機能の他に、ハードコート機能を発揮するものであってもよい。本実施形態における「機能層」は、単層構造のものである。図1に示される機能層12は、防曇機能およびハードコート機能を発揮するものであるので、機能層12が防曇性ハードコート層であるとして説明するものとする。
(手順1)透明積層体の断面写真から、膜厚が780nmを超える層の膜厚、および膜厚が780nm以下の層の膜厚を算出する。そして、透明積層体を構成する層のうち、膜厚が780nmを超える層の屈折率を上記のベッケ法で算出する。
(手順2)上記(手順1)で算出した、膜厚が780nmを超える層の屈折率および膜厚の情報、ならびに膜厚が780nm以下の層の膜厚の情報を用いて、フィッティング法により、膜厚が780nm以下の層の屈折率を算出する。「フィッティング法」とは、反射光度計により測定した反射スペクトルと、フレネル係数を用いた多層薄膜の光学モデルから算出した反射スペクトルとのフィッティングにより算出する手法である。
重合性化合物は、分子内に重合性官能基を少なくとも1つ有するものである。重合性化合物としては、電離放射線重合性化合物および/または熱重合性化合物が挙げられる。電離放射線重合性化合物は、1分子中に電離放射線重合性官能基を少なくとも1つ有する化合物である。本明細書における「電離放射線重合性官能基」とは、電離放射線照射により重合反応し得る官能基である。電離放射線重合性官能基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。なお、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、「アクリロイル基」および「メタクリロイル基」の両方を含む意味である。また、電離放射線重合性化合物を重合する際に照射される電離放射線としては、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線、α線、β線、およびγ線が挙げられる。
防曇材は、透明積層体10の表面10Aの曇りを抑制するための材料である。防曇材は、樹脂であってもよい。防曇材は、機能層12中に10質量%以上85質量%以下含まれていることが好ましい。防曇材の含有量が10質量%以上であれば、充分な防曇性を得ることができ、また防曇材の含有量が85質量%以下であれば、充分な硬度および透明性を得ることができる。機能層12における防曇材の含有量は、30質量%以上85%質量%以下、50質量%以上85質量%以下、または70質量%以上85質量%以下であることが好ましい。なお、防曇材の含有量を増やすことにより成形性や屈曲性を向上させることが可能になるので、成形性や屈曲性を向上させる場合には、機能層12における防曇材の含有量は、10質量%以上95質量%以下、50質量%以上95質量%以下、または70質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましい。
粒子としては、硬度を向上させることができれば、有機粒子および無機粒子のいずれであってもよい。有機粒子としては、例えば、プラスチックビーズを挙げることができる。プラスチックビーズとしては、具体例としては、ポリスチレンビーズ、メラミン樹脂ビーズ、アクリルビーズ、アクリル-スチレンビーズ、シリコーンビーズ、ベンゾグアナミンビーズ、ベンゾグアナミン・ホルムアルデヒド縮合ビーズ、ポリカーボネートビーズ、ポリエチレンビーズ等が挙げられる。無機粒子としては、例えば、シリカ(SiO2)粒子、アルミナ粒子、チタニア粒子、酸化スズ粒子、アンチモンドープ酸化スズ(略称;ATO)粒子、酸化亜鉛粒子等の無機酸化物粒子が挙げられる。無機酸化物粒子の中でも、優れた硬度を得る観点から、シリカ粒子が好ましく、シリカ粒子の中でも、反応性シリカ粒子が好ましい。上記反応性シリカ粒子は、上記多官能(メタ)アクリレートとの間で架橋構造を構成することが可能なシリカ粒子であり、この反応性シリカ粒子を含有することで、機能層中に固定することができる。
低屈折率層13は、機能層12の屈折率よりも低い屈折率を有する層である。具体的には、低屈折率層13の屈折率は、1.20以上1.50以下であってもよい。低屈折率層13の屈折率は、機能層12の欄で説明した方法によって測定する。低屈折率層13の屈折率は、1.20以上1.49以下、1.20以上1.40以下、または1.20以上1.32以下であってもよい。機能層12と低屈折率層13との屈折率差は、0.10以上0.25以下であってもよい。
低屈折率粒子としては、例えば、シリカ、またはフッ化マグネシウムからなる中実または中空粒子等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、中空シリカ粒子が好ましく、このような中空シリカ粒子は、例えば、特開2005-099778号公報の実施例に記載の製造方法にて作製できる。
低屈折率層13を構成するバインダ樹脂としては、重合性化合物の重合物が挙げられる。重合性化合物としては、特に限定されないが、電離放射線重合性モノマー、オリゴマー、プレポリマーを用いることができる。ただし、バインダ樹脂に、フッ素原子を導入した樹脂や、オルガノポリシロキサン等の屈折率の低い材料を混合してもよい。1官能の電離放射線重合性モノマーとしては、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、メチルスチレン、N-ビニルピロリドン等が挙げられる。また、2官能以上の電離放射線重合性モノマーとしては、例えば、ポリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、これらの化合物をエチレンオキサイド、ポリエチレンオキサイド等で変性した化合物等が挙げられる。
低屈折率樹脂としては、フッ素原子を導入した樹脂や、オルガノポリシロキサン等の屈折率の低い樹脂が挙げられる。
透明積層体10は、例えば、以下の方法によって作製することができる。まず、基材11の第1面11A上に機能層用組成物を塗布して、機能層用組成物の塗膜を形成する。
機能層用組成物は、重合性化合物および防曇材を含んでいる。機能層用組成物は、その他、必要に応じて、粒子、レベリング剤、溶剤、重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
上記溶媒としては、アルコール(例、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、s-ブタノール、t-ブタノール、ベンジルアルコール、PGME、エチレングリコール、ジアセトンアルコール)、ケトン(例、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、ヘプタノン、ジイソブチルケトン、ジエチルケトン、ジアセトンアルコール)、エステル(酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸n-プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、蟻酸メチル、PGMEA)、脂肪族炭化水素(例、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン)、ハロゲン化炭化水素(例、メチレンクロライド、クロロホルム、四塩化炭素)、芳香族炭化水素(例、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン)、アミド(例、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、n-メチルピロリドン)、エーテル(例、ジエチルエーテル、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン)、エーテルアルコール(例、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、カーボネート(炭酸ジメチル、炭酸ジエチル、炭酸エチルメチル)等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は、単独で用いられてもよく、2種類以上が併用されてもよい。なかでも、上記溶媒としては、重合性化合物等の成分を溶解あるいは分散させ、機能層用組成物を好適に塗工できる点で、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルエチルケトンが好ましい。
重合開始剤は、電離放射線照射より分解されて、ラジカルを発生して重合性化合物の重合(架橋)を開始または進行させる成分である。
低屈折率層用組成物は、例えば、重合性化合物および低屈折率粒子を含んでいる。低屈折率層用組成物は、重合性化合物および低屈折率粒子の代わりに、低屈折率樹脂を含んでいてもよく、また低屈折率樹脂は、その他、必要に応じて、レベリング剤、溶剤、重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
透明積層体10は、基材11の第1面11A側に機能層12と低屈折率層13とを備えているが、図2に示される透明積層体20のように、基材11の第1面11Aのみならず、第1面11Aとは反対側の第2面11B側にも機能層21と低屈折率層22とを備えていてもよい。機能層21は、機能層12と同じであってもよいが、異なっていてもよく、また低屈折率層22は、低屈折率層13と同じであってもよいが、異なっていてもよい。透明積層体20の表面20Aは、低屈折率層13の表面13Aとなっている。
図6に示される画像表示装置60は、主に、屋外で用いられるものであるが、屋内で用いられてもよい。画像表示装置60は、表示パネル70と、表示パネル70よりも観察者側に空気層(エアギャップ)90を介して配置された透明の前面板100とを備えている。空気層90の厚み(表示パネル70と前面板100との間の距離)dは、特に限定されないが、例えば0mmを超え50mm以下とすることが可能である。画像表示装置60は、その他、表示パネル70の背面側に、表示パネル70を照らすバックライト装置110を備えている。ただし、表示パネルの種類によっては、画像表示装置は、バックライト装置を備えなくともよい。
表示パネル70は、図6に示されるように、表示素子71と、表示素子71の観察者側およびバックライト装置110側にそれぞれ配置された偏光板72、73とを備えており、表示素子71と偏光板72、73は感圧接着剤(PSA)等の透明粘着層74、75を介して一体化されている。
表示素子71は液晶表示素子である。ただし、表示素子は液晶表示素子に限られず、例えば、有機発光ダイオード(OLED)素子等であってもよい。液晶表示素子としては、公知の液晶表示素子を用いることができ、例えば、2枚のガラス基材間に、液晶層、配向膜、電極層、カラーフィルタ等を配置したものである。
偏光板72は、偏光子76と、偏光子76の観察者側の面に貼り付けられた反射防止フィルム77と、偏光子76のバックライト装置110側の面に貼り付けられた保護フィルム78とを備えている。なお、偏光子76の観察者側の面には、反射防止フィルム77の代わりに、保護フィルム78と同様のものを貼り付けてもよく、また他の光学フィルムを貼り付けてもよい。
偏光子76は、ヨウ素または二色性色素により染色し、一軸延伸させたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂としては、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂を鹸化したものを用いることができる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルの他、酢酸ビニルとそれに共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体等が挙げられる。酢酸ビニルに共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類、アンモニウム基を有するアクリルアミド類等が挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性されたポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタール等を用いることもできる。
反射防止フィルム77は、偏光子76を保護するとともに、反射防止性を得るためのものである。本明細書における「反射防止性」とは、反射光を低減させる性質を意味し、具体的には、後述する視感反射率Yが3.5%以下であることを意味する。反射防止フィルム77は、光透過性の基材79と、基材79の観察者側の面に設けられた機能層80と、機能層80の観察者側の面に設けられ、屈折率が機能層80の屈折率よりも低い低屈折率層81とを備えている。基材79、低屈折率層81は、基材11、低屈折率層13と同様であるので、ここでは説明を省略するものとする。ただし、基材79、低屈折率層81は、後述する基材11、低屈折率層13と同一のものでなくともよい。
保護フィルム78は、偏光子76を保護するためのものであり、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム(TACフィルム)等の光透過性基材から構成されている。
バックライト装置110としては、公知のバックライト装置を用いることができる。バックライト装置110は、エッジライト型および直下型のバックライト装置のいずれであってもよい。
前面板100は、基材101と、基材101よりも表示パネル70側に配置された透明積層体10とを備えている。前面板100においては、透明積層体10は、基材101よりも表示パネル70側に配置されているが、基材101よりも表示パネル70側および観察者側の少なくともいずれか一方に配置されていればよい。基材101と透明積層体10とは、透明粘着層102によって貼り合わせられている。基材101と透明積層体10との間には、他の機能層が介在していてもよい。この場合、基材101、他の機能層、および透明積層体10は貼り合わせ等によって一体化されている。
基材101は、画像表示装置60に硬度を付与するためのものである。基材101の表面101Aは、画像表示装置60の観察者側の表面60Aとなっている。
図7に示される顔用透明保護具120は、フェイスシールドとなっている。顔用透明保護具120は、例えば、支持部材130と、支持部材130に取り付けられた両面反射防止積層体140とを備えている。なお、両面反射防止積層体140は、顔用透明保護具120に用いられているが、用途は、特に限定されない。
両面反射防止積層体140は、両面に反射防止機能を有するものである。図7に示される両面反射防止積層体140は、フェイスシールドの透明シールドフィルムとして機能するものであり、顔全体または顔の一部(例えば目)を覆うものである。顔用透明保護具には、薄さや軽さが重要であるので、両面反射防止積層体140の厚みは、薄型化および軽量化を求める観点から1000μm以下であることが好ましい。両面反射防止積層体140は、フェイスシールドの透明シールドフィルムの他、飛沫防止のための板状パーテーションやフィルムカーテンなどにも用いることができる。これらの場合にも、薄型、軽量であることが取り扱いしやすいため、両面反射防止積層体の厚みは、15000μm以下であることが好ましい。両面反射防止積層体140の厚みは、厚み測定装置(製品名「デジマチックインジケーターIDF-130」、ミツトヨ社製)を用いて、両面反射防止積層体140の厚みを10点測定し、その10点の厚みの算術平均値とする。両面反射防止積層体の厚みが薄すぎると、変形しやすく、また両面反射防止積層体にコシがないと顔に纏わりつくため、両面反射防止積層体140の厚みは、上記変形を抑制し、またコシを出す観点およびより薄型化またはより軽量化を図る観点から、85μm以上1000μm以下、150μm以上1000μm以下、250μm以上1000μm以下、85μm以上700μm以下、150μm以上700μm以下、または250μm以上700μm以下、85μm以上600μm以下、150μm以上600μm以下、250μm以上600μm以下、85μm以上500μm以下、150μm以上500μm以下、または250μm以上500μm以下であることがより好ましい。特に両面反射防止積層体140の厚みが、110μm以上450μm以下であれば、視感反射率Yが低く、防曇性および視認性が優れる他、厚みが最適であるため、両面反射防止積層体140を用いてフェイスシールドを作製した場合には、軽量で装着感の良いフェイスシールドを得ることができる。
透明接着層150は、透明積層体10と反射防止フィルム160を接合するためのものである。本明細書における「透明接着層」は、部材同士を接合するための透明性を有する層であり、透明粘着層を含む概念である。透明接着層150の膜厚は、特に限定されないが、例えば、2μm以上200μm以下となっていることが好ましい。透明接着層150の膜厚が2μm以上であれば、透明積層体10と反射防止フィルム160を確実に接合することができ、また200μm以下であれば、透明性(光透過性)を維持できる。透明接着層150の膜厚は、5μm以上200μm以下、10μm以上200μm以下、15μm以上200μm以下、2μm以上170μm以下、5μm以上170μm以下、10μm以上170μm以下、15μm以上170μm以下、2μm以上160μm以下、5μm以上160μm以下、10μm以上160μm以下、15μm以上160μm以下、2μm以上150μm以下、5μm以上150μm以下、10μm以上150μm以下、または15μm以上150μm以下であることがより好ましい。透明接着層150の膜厚は、機能層12の膜厚と同様の方法によって測定することができる。
反射防止フィルム160は、外光反射を抑制するためのフィルムである。反射防止フィルム160の構成としては、特に限定されず、例えば、図8に示される反射防止フィルム160は、基材161、機能層162、および低屈折率層163をこの順で積層された透明積層体となっている。基材161は基材11と同様であり、低屈折率層163は低屈折率層13と同様であるので、ここでは説明を省略する。
機能層162は、防曇材を含まないこと以外は、機能層12と同様である。ただし、機能層162は、機能層12と同様に防曇材を含んでいてもよい。
両面反射防止積層体140は、片面のみに透明積層体10を備えているが、例えば、図10に示される両面反射防止積層体180のように、両面に透明積層体10を備えていてもよい。この場合、両面反射防止積層体180の第1面(内面)180Aおよび第2面(外面)180Bが、いずれも透明積層体10の表面10Aとなっている。このような両面反射防止積層体180を備える顔用透明保護具によれば、両面反射防止積層体180の内面側のみならず、外面側にも曇りの要因が存在する場合であっても、両面反射防止積層体180の曇りを抑制できる。
透明フィルム191の厚みは、20μm以上200μm以下であることが好ましい。透明フィルム191の厚みが20μm以上であれば、両面反射防止積層体190に程度なコシやハリを持たせることができ、また200μm以下であれば、軽量化を図ることができる。透明フィルム191の厚みは、基材の厚みと同様にして測定することができる。透明フィルム191の厚みは、25μm以上200μm以下、40μm以上200μm以下、50μm以上200μm以下、20μm以上150μm以下、25μm以上150μm以下、40μm以上150μm以下、50μm以上150μm以下、20μm以上120μm以下、25μm以上120μm以下、40μm以上120μm以下、50μm以上120μm以下、20μm以上100μm以下、25μm以上100μm以下、40μm以上100μm以下、または50μm以上100μm以下であることがより好ましい。透明フィルム191としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、基材11の欄で説明した樹脂からなるフィルムが挙げられる。
透明接着層192、193は、透明接着層150と同様になっているので、説明を省略するものとする。
以下の手順により防曇材A~Dを作製した。
(防曇材A)
ペンタエリスリトールにエチレンオキサイド(EO)付加を繰り返し、最後にアクリル酸をエステル付加し、EO変性数35のエトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートである防曇材Aを得た。
ジペンタエリスリトールにEO付加を繰り返し、最後にアクリル酸をエステル付加し、EO変性数48のエトキシ化ジペンタエリスリトールポリアクリレートである防曇材Bを得た。
グリセリンにEO付加を繰り返し、最後にアクリル酸をエステル付加し、EO変性数9のエトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートである防曇材Cを得た。
トリメチロールプロパンにEO付加を繰り返し、最後にアクリル酸をエステル付加し、EO変性数20のエトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートである防曇材Dを得た。
下記に示す組成となるように各成分を配合して、ハードコート層用組成物を得た。
・防曇材(製品名「NFK-551」、株式会社ネオス製):7質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):1.05質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.05質量部
・防曇材(製品名「8WX-083」、大成ファインケミカル株式会社製):5.56質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、BASFジャパン社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):1.77質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.77質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス社製):4.67質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):2.215質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):2.215質量部
・防曇材A:2.10質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・防曇材(製品名「A-GLY-20E」、新中村化学工業株式会社製):2.10質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート(製品名「アロニックスM-1100」、東亞合成株式会社製):2.10質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス社製):5.67質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.45質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):1.94質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.94質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.67質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):2.7質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.315質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.315質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):4.67質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):2.215質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):2.215質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):4.67質量部
・ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」、日本化薬株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):2.215質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):2.215質量部
・防曇材(製品名「KRM 8713B」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):4.67質量部
・トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(製品名「IRR214-K」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.9質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):2.215質量部
メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):2.215質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):3質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):3質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「イルガキュア(登録商標)184」、BASFジャパン社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」、日本化薬社製):3質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・防曇材A:3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材B:2.80質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):1.20質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材A:2.60質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):1.40質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材A:3.60質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.40質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材B:3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材D:3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート(製品名「アロニックスM-1100」、東亞合成株式会社製):2.80質量部
・防曇材A:0.40質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート(製品名「アロニックスM-1100」、東亞合成株式会社製):3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート(製品名「アロニックスM-1100」、東亞合成株式会社製):2.00質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):2.00質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材A:3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材A:2.00質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):2.00質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・防曇材C:3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート(製品名「アロニックスM-240」、東亞合成株式会社製):3.20質量部
・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「ライトアクリレートTMP-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):0.80質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
・1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(製品名「HDDA」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):1質量部
・高屈折率単官能モノマー(製品名「ライトアクリレートPOB-A」、共栄社化学株式会社製):2質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.12質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):3.5質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):3.5質量部
・エトキシ化(15)トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(製品名「SR9035」、サートマー社製):3.45質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールアルコキシテトラアクリレート(製品名「EBECRYL 40」、ダイセル・オルネクス株式会社製):0.86質量部
・アクリレート変性パーフルオロポリエーテル(製品名「オプツールDAC-HP」、ダイキン工業株式会社製):0.23質量部
・重合開始剤(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、製品名「Omnirad184」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.14質量部
・イソプロピルアルコール(IPA):0.5質量部
・防曇材A:4.00質量部
・フッ素系非反応型界面活性剤(レベリング剤、製品名「F-477」、DIC株式会社製):0.1質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.16質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK):4.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK):1.20質量部
下記に示す組成となるように各成分を配合して、低屈折率層用組成物を得た。
(低屈折率層用組成物1)
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」、日本化薬株式会社製、3官能):0.14質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:4.44質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:1.00質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学株式会社製):0.03質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「イルガキュア(登録商標)127」、BASFジャパン社製):0.01質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」、日本化薬社製、3官能) 0.16質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:8.10質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:1.10質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学社製):0.03質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.01質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」、日本化薬株式会社製、3官能):0.20質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:9.10質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:1.20質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学株式会社製):0.04質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.01質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」、日本化薬株式会社製、3官能):0.16質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:8.86質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:1.00質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学株式会社製):0.03質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.01質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」、日本化薬株式会社製、3官能):0.09質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:6.90質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:0.84質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学株式会社製):0.01質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.01質量部
・防曇材A:0.16質量部
・中空シリカ微粒子分散液(微粒子、日揮触媒化成株式会社製、平均粒子径55nm、固形分20質量%、メチルイソブチルケトン分散):0.80質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン:8.86質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート:1.00質量部
・反応性官能基を有する有機シリコーン(製品名「X-22-164E」、信越化学株式会社製):0.03質量部
・重合開始剤(製品名「Omnirad127」、IGM Resins B.V.社製):0.01質量部
基材としての厚さ60μmのトリアセチルセルロース基材(製品名「TD P60」、東レ株式会社製)を準備し、トリアセチルセルロース基材の片面に、上記ハードコート層用組成物1を塗布し、塗膜を形成した。次いで、形成した塗膜を70℃で30秒間乾燥させることにより塗膜中の溶剤を蒸発させ、紫外線を窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下)下にて積算光量が200mJ/cm2になるように照射して塗膜を硬化させることにより、屈折率1.51および膜厚5μmのハードコート層を形成した。次いで、ハードコート層上に、上記低屈折率層用組成物1を塗布し、塗膜を形成した。そして、形成した塗膜を室温で60秒間乾燥させ、その後50℃で60秒間乾燥させた後、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下)下にて、積算光量100mJ/cm2で紫外線を照射して塗膜を硬化させて、屈折率1.35および膜厚100nmの低屈折率層を形成し、これにより、厚みが65.1μmの透明積層体を作製した。
実施例2~13、15~25および比較例1~3、7~13においては、表1または表2に示されるハードコート層用組成物および低屈折率層用組成物を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、透明積層体を得た。
実施例14においては、膜厚25μmの透明粘着層(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)を用いて、実施例9に係る透明積層体と比較例2に係る透明積層体とを基材同士が向かい合うように貼り合わせて、両面反射防止積層体を得た。なお、実施例14に係る両面反射防止積層体または後述するサンプルにおいては、実施例9に係る透明積層体の表面(低屈折率層の表面)を第1面とし、比較例2に係る透明積層体の表面(低屈折率層の表面)を第2面とした。
比較例4、5においては、ハードコート層用組成物1の代わりに表1に示されるハードコート層用組成物を用い、また低屈折率層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、透明積層体を得た。
比較例6においては、膜厚25μmの透明粘着層(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)を用いて、2枚の比較例2に係る透明積層体を基材同士が向かい合うように貼り合わせて、両面反射防止積層体を得た。なお、比較例6に係る両面反射防止積層体または後述するサンプルにおいては、一方の比較例2に係る透明積層体の表面(低屈折率層の表面)を第1面とし、他方の比較例2に係る透明積層体の表面(低屈折率層の表面)を第2面とした。
実施例26においては、まず、表4に示されるハードコート層用組成物および低屈折率層用組成物を用いて、実施例1と同様にして、2枚の透明積層体1、2を得た。そして、膜厚25μmの透明粘着層(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)を用いて、2枚の透明積層体1、2を基材同士が向かい合うように貼り合わせて、両面反射防止積層体を得た。なお、透明積層体1の表面を両面反射防止積層体の第1面とし、透明積層体2の表面を両面反射防止積層体の第2面とした。また、実施例27~32および比較例14~18においては、表4に示されるハードコート層用組成物および低屈折率層用組成物を用いたこと以外は、実施例26と同様にして、両面反射防止積層体を得た。
実施例1~25および比較例1~13に係る透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体において、-15℃の冷蔵庫に透明積層体を5分間入れた後、直ちに25℃、相対湿度50%の環境下に移して5分間放置する防曇性試験を行い、防曇性試験後の透明積層体の表面(実施例1~13、15~25および比較例1~3、7~13においては低屈折率層の表面、比較例4、5においてはハードコート層の表面)または防曇性試験後の両面反射防止積層体の第1面(低屈折率層の表面)が曇っているか確認した。防曇性試験を行う際には、透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体から切り出したサンプルを用いて行うが、サンプルの大きさは、それぞれ100mm×100mmとした。そして、このサンプルを、100mm×100mm×2mmの大きさのアクリル製の黒板(製品名「コモグラス アクリル板」、株式会社クラレ製)の表面に、膜厚25μmの透明粘着剤(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)で貼り付けた。この際、透明積層体の裏面や両面反射防止積層体の第2面が上記アクリル製の黒板側となるように貼り付けて、透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面を観察側とした。そして、このように形成したものを測定サンプルとした。同じ測定サンプルを3枚ずつ作成し、それぞれ3枚(n=3)の測定サンプルを用いて防曇性試験を行った。測定サンプル(透明積層体や両面反射防止積層体)の曇りの有無は、防曇性試験を行った直後の測定サンプルを平坦な机の上に置き、測定サンプルの表面(透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面)を、目視で観察することによって判断された。目視による観察は、1000Luxの室内(光源:白色光源)で、測定サンプルの表面から30cm離れた位置において、測定サンプルの正面から行った。評価基準は以下の通りとした。
A:3枚全ての透明積層体の表面または両面反射防止積層体の第1面が曇らなかった。
B:3枚中2枚以上の透明積層体の表面または両面反射防止積層体の第1面が曇っていた。
実施例1~13、15~25および比較例1~5、7~13に係る透明積層体、ならびに実施例14、26~32および比較例6、14~18に係る両面反射防止積層体において、呼気試験を行った。具体的には、まず、透明積層体から100mm×100mmの大きさのサンプルを切り出し、また両面反射防止積層体から17cm×27cmの大きさのサンプルを切り出した。そして、透明積層体の場合には、市販のマウスシールド(透明マスク)のフィルムを外し、このフィルムの代わりに口の前にサンプルが配置されるようにサンプルをマウスシールドの支持体に貼り付けた。この際、透明積層体の表面(実施例1~13、15~25および比較例1~3、7~13においては低屈折率層の表面、比較例4、5においてはハードコート層の表面)が口側となるようにサンプルを貼り付けた。また、両面反射防止積層体の場合には、市販のフェイスシールドのフィルムを外し、このフィルムの代わりに顔面、特に口の前にサンプルが配置されるようにサンプルをフェイスシールドのフィルムの支持体に貼り付けた。この際、両面反射防止積層体の第1面が口側となるようにサンプルを貼り付けた。そして、これらのサンプルを、25℃、相対湿度50%の環境下で、透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面の中央部に対して、この表面や第1面から表面や第1面の法線方向に10cm離れた距離から息を大きく吹きかけ、一旦、呼気によって曇らせた後、1000Luxの室内(光源:白色光源)で30分会話した。そして、この30分間において、曇りが消えるか、また口元が良く見えるかを観察した。観察距離は1mとし、マウスシールドやフェイスシールドの着用人の正面から観察した。評価基準は以下の通りとした。被験者は、20代~50代の10人とした。
AA:全ての人において、透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが3秒以内に消え、その後も曇り難く、口元が良く見えた。
A:8人~9人において、透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが3秒以内に消え、その後も曇り難く、口元が良く見えた。
B:3人以上において、透明積層体の表面や両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが消えず、口元が良く見えなかった。
実施例1~25および比較例1~13に係る透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体において、上記防曇性試験前後における透明積層体や両面反射防止積層体の視感反射率Yをそれぞれ測定し、視感反射率Yの差の絶対値であるΔY1を算出した。また、上記防曇性試験前における透明積層体や両面反射防止積層体の視感反射率Yから反射防止性を評価した。具体的には、まず、透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体から25mm×50mmの大きさのサンプルを切り出した。そして、分光光度計(製品名「UV-2600」、島津製作所製)を用いて、防曇性試験前におけるサンプルの表面(実施例1~13、15~25および比較例1~3、7~13においては低屈折率層の表面、実施例14および比較例6においては両面反射防止積層体の第1面、比較例4、5においてはハードコート層の表面)側から入射角度5度の光を照射し、サンプルで反射された正反射方向の反射光を受光して、380nm~780nmの波長範囲の反射率を測定し、その後、人間が目で感じる明度として換算するソフトウェア(UV-2600に内蔵されたソフトウェア)によって防曇性試験前の視感反射率Yを求めた。視感反射率Yは、サンプル全体をカバーするように略等間隔に40点測定し、測定した40点の視感反射率の算術平均値とした。そして、サンプルに対して上記防曇性試験と同様の条件で防曇性試験を行った。そして、防曇性試験前のサンプルにおける視感反射率Yと同様にして防曇性試験後のサンプルにおける視感反射率Yを求めて、防曇性試験前後における透明積層体の表面10Aの視感反射率Yの差の絶対値を求めた。なお、視感反射率Yの測定は、実施例1~13、15~25および比較例1~5、7~13においてはトリアセチルセルロース基材におけるハードコート層が形成されている面とは反対側の面、実施例14および比較例6においては両面反射防止積層体の第2面に100mm×100mm×2mmの黒板(製品名「コモグラス アクリル板」、株式会社クラレ製)を貼り付けた状態で行った。また、反射防止性における評価基準は以下の通りとした。
A:視感反射率Yが3.5%以下であった。
B:視感反射率Yが3.5%を超えていた。
実施例および比較例に係る透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率を、温度23℃および相対湿度50%の環境下で、JIS K7361-1:1997に準拠して、ヘイズメーター(製品名「HM-150」、村上色彩技術研究所製)を用いて、測定した。具体的には、透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体から50mm×100mmの大きさのサンプルをそれぞれ切り出した後、カールや皺がなく、かつ指紋や埃等がない状態で上記ヘイズメーターにサンプルを設置した。そして、サンプル1枚に対して3回測定し、3回測定して得られた値の算術平均値を全光線透過率とした。
実施例および比較例に係る透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体のヘイズ値を、温度23℃および相対湿度50%の環境下で、JIS K7136:2000に準拠して、ヘイズメーター(製品名「HM-150」、村上色彩技術研究所製)を用いて、測定した。具体的には、透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体から50mm×100mmの大きさのサンプルをそれぞれ切り出した後、カールや皺がなく、かつ指紋や埃等がない状態で上記ヘイズメーターにサンプルを設置した。そして、サンプル1枚に対して3回測定し、3回測定して得られた値の算術平均値をヘイズ値とした。
実施例1~14および比較例1~6に係る透明積層体の表面(実施例1~13および比較例1~3においては低屈折率層の表面、比較例4、5においてはハードコート層の表面)または両面反射防止積層体の第1面において、JIS R3257:1999に記載の静滴法に従って25℃での水に対する接触角を測定した。具体的には、まず、透明積層体および両面反射防止積層体から25mm×30mmの大きさのサンプルをそれぞれ切り出した。そして、50mm×125mmの大きさのスライドガラス上にこのサンプルを両面テープで平坦に貼り付けた。その後、サンプルにおける静電気が測定結果に影響を及ぼさないようにするために、イオナイザー(例えば、製品名「KD-730B」、春日電機株式会社製)にてイオンを照射することによってサンプルを30秒間除電した。顕微鏡式接触角計(製品名「DropMaster300」、協和界面科学社製)を用い、1μLの水をサンプルの表面(実施例1~13および比較例1~3においては低屈折率層の表面、実施例14および比較例6においては両面反射防止積層体の第1面、比較例4、5においてはハードコート層の表面)に滴下して、滴下直後における接触角を10点測定し、それらの算術平均値を透明積層体の表面の接触角とした。接触角の測定は、温度25℃、相対湿度50%の環境下で行われた。
実施例15~25および比較例7~13に係る透明積層体において、フーリエ変換赤外分光法(FT-IR法)により吸収スペクトルを測定し、吸収スペクトルにおいて、1150cm-1~1000cm-1の第1波数域の第1ピーク強度に対する1780cm-1~1700cm-1の第2波数域の第2ピーク強度の比(ピーク強度2/ピーク強度1)を求めた。具体的には、まず、透明積層体から10mm×10mmの大きさ以上のサンプルを切り出した。一方で、フーリエ変換赤外分光光度計(製品名「Nicolet iS10 FT-IR」、Thermo Fisher Scientific製)に測定用アクセサリー(製品名「Thunderdome」、Spectra-Tech社製、ATR結晶:Ge、赤外線入射角:45°)を取り付けた測定装置を用いて、サンプルを設置せずに、バックグラウンド測定を行った。その後、測定用アクセサリーにサンプルの測定面をクリスタル側に向けて設置した。そして、押さえ冶具のつまみを回し、サンプルをクリスタルに十分に接地させた。その後、モニターにてサンプルの吸収スペクトルを確認した後、以下の測定条件にて上記測定装置によって測定を開始した。得られた吸収スペクトルにおけるバックグラウンドから、第1波数域に存在するピークおよび第2波数域に存在するピークのピークトップまでの高さを測定装置に付属の演算ソフトを用いてそれぞれ求め、その結果から、上記ピーク強度の比を算出した。なお、実施例21~23に係る透明積層体においては、ハードコート層がウレタンアクリレートを含んでいたので、フーリエ変換赤外分光法(FT-IR法)による吸収スペクトルにおいて、1540cm-1~1560cm-1の第3波数域にピークが測定された。
(測定条件)
・波数範囲:4000~800cm-1
・積算回数:64回
・分解能:8cm-1
・検出器:TGS
・ATR補正:無し
・測定および解析ソフトウェア:Thermo Scientific OMINIC
実施例15~25および比較例7~13に係る透明積層体の表面のインデンテーション硬さHITおよび複合弾性率Erを測定した。具体的には、まず、20mm×20mmの大きさに切り出した透明積層体の表面側が上面となるように市販のスライドガラスに、接着樹脂(製品名「アロンアルフア(登録商標)一般用」、東亞合成株式会社製)を介して固定した。具体的には、スライドガラス1(製品名「スライドガラス(切放タイプ) 1-9645-11」、アズワン社製)の中央部に上記接着樹脂を滴下した。この際、接着樹脂を塗り広げず、また後述するように押し広げたときに接着樹脂が透明積層体からはみ出さないように滴下は1滴とした。その後、上記大きさに切り出した透明積層体を表面側が上面になり、かつ透明積層体の中央部に接着樹脂が位置するようにスライドガラスに接触させ、スライドガラス1と透明積層体の間で接着樹脂を押し広げ、仮接着した。そして、別の新しいスライドガラス2を透明積層体の上に載せ、スライドガラス1/接着樹脂/透明積層体/スライドガラス2の積層体を得た。次いで、スライドガラス2の上に30g以上50gの重りを置き、その状態で、12時間室温で放置した。その後、重りとスライドガラス2を取り外し、これを測定サンプルとした。そして、この測定サンプルを除振台に平行に設置した微小硬さ試験機(製品名「TI950 TriboIndenter」、HYSITRON(ハイジトロン)社製)の測定ステージに固定した。測定サンプルを微小硬さ試験機の測定ステージに固定した後、以下の測定条件で透明積層体の表面のインデンテーション硬さHITや複合弾性率Erをそれぞれ測定した。インデンテーション硬さHITや複合弾性率Erは、測定サンプルの透明積層体の表面中央付近(接着樹脂が存在する領域)の任意の5点を測定し、得られた5点の硬度の算術平均値とした。ただし、測定する任意の5点は、TI950 TriboIndenter付属の顕微鏡を用いて倍率50倍~500倍で透明積層体を観察し、透明積層体のうち、極端な凸構造になっている部分、および逆に極端な凹部構造になっている部分は避け、可能な限り平坦性のある部分から選択した。
(測定条件)
・圧子形状:バーコビッチ
・荷重制御方式:最大荷重40mNまで
・荷重の増加時間:4秒
・クリープ時間:5秒
・荷重の除去時間:4秒
・測定時の温度:25℃
・測定時の湿度:50%
実施例15~25および比較例7~13に係る透明積層体において、透明積層体の表面における算術平均粗さ(Ra)および最大高さ(Rz)を測定して、透明積層体の表面におけるRzに対するRaの比(Ra/Rz)を求めた。具体的には、まず、透明積層体から5mm×5mmの大きさのサンプルを切り出した。そして、株式会社島津製作所製の原子間力顕微鏡(Atomic Force Microscope;AFM)SPM-9700を用い、ソフト:SPMマネージャーにおけるOn‐Line(測定)モード時において、サンプルの表面形状を下記条件で測定した。その後、Off‐Line(解析)モードを用いて、画像処理を行った。得られたAFM画像を解析して、各サンプルのRz(最大高さ)およびRa(算術平均粗さ)を得た。各サンプルについて14箇所のRzおよびRz/Raの算術平均値をそれぞれ求め、これらの値をRzおよびRz/Raとした。
(AFM測定条件)
測定モード:位相
走査範囲:5μm×5μm
走査速度:0.2Hz
画素数:512×512
使用したカンチレバー:ナノワールド社製NCHR(共鳴周波数:320kHz、ばね定数42N/m)
(AFM画像処理条件)
傾き補正:X方向の平均値、面フィット(自動)
実施例15~25および比較例7~13に係る透明積層体において、臭気評価を行った。具体的には、まず、透明積層体から100mm×100mmの大きさのサンプルを切り出した。そして、これらのサンプルを、25℃、相対湿度50%の環境下で、透明積層体の表面の中央部に対して、この表面の法線方向に5cm離れた位置からサンプルの臭いを嗅いだ。評価基準は以下の通りとした。被験者は、20代~50代の10人とした。
AA:全ての人が、気になる臭いを感じなかった。
A:7人~9人が、気になる臭いを感じなかった。
B:3人以上が、気になる臭いを感じた。
実施例26~32および比較例14~18に係る両面反射防止積層体において、反射特性を調べた。具体的には、両面反射率、視感反射率Yの大小関係、およびΔY2を求めた。
(1)両面反射率測定
まず、両面反射防止積層体を70mm×70mmの大きさに切り出し、サンプルを得た。また、厚さ1mmの黒色アクリル板(製品名「CLAREX N-885」、日東樹脂工業株式会社製)から10mm×50mmの大きさの黒色アクリル板(以下、「黒色アクリル板1」と称する。)を2枚および50mm×50mmの大きさの黒色アクリル板(以下、「黒色アクリル板2」と称する。)を1枚切り出した。黒色アクリル板2上に互いに対向するように黒色アクリル板1を置き、テープ(製品名「セロテープ(登録商標)、ニチバン社製」で固定して、図9に示されるようなホルダーを作製した。その後、サンプルが2つの黒色アクリル板1に跨るようにホルダー上にサンプルを載せた。そして、この状態で、分光光度計(製品名「UV-2600」、株式会社島津製作所製)の測定部に設置し、分光光度計によってサンプルの表面側から入射角度5度の光を照射し、サンプルで反射された正反射方向の反射光を受光して、380nm~780nmの波長範囲の反射率を測定し、その後、人間が目で感じる明度として換算するソフトウェア(UV-2600に内蔵されたソフトウェア)によって視感反射率を求めた。視感反射率は、サンプル全体をカバーするように略等間隔に40点測定し、測定した40点の視感反射率の算術平均値とした。そして、測定された視感反射率から予め測定された黒色アクリル板1の視感反射率に両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率を2回乗じた値(黒色アクリル板1の反射率(%)×両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率(%)/100×両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率(%)/100)を差し引くことにより、サンプルの両面反射率を求めた。黒色アクリル板1の視感反射率は、黒色アクリル板1を分光光度計(製品名「UV-2600」、株式会社島津製作所製)の測定部に設置し、上記両面反射防止積層体の視感反射率と同様にして求めた。また両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率は、上記全光線透過率測定の欄に記載されている方法と同様の方法によって求めた。
まず、各両面反射防止積層体から70mm×70mmの大きさの2枚のサンプル(サンプル1、2)を切り出した。サンプル1においては、第1面の視感反射率を測定するために、第2面に100mm×100mm×2mmの大きさの黒色アクリル板(製品名「コモグラス アクリル板」、株式会社クラレ製)を膜厚25μmの透明粘着剤(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)で貼り付けた。また、サンプル2においては、第2面の視感反射率を測定するために、第1面に100mm×100mm×2mmの大きさの黒色アクリル板(製品名「コモグラス アクリル板」、株式会社クラレ製)を膜厚25μmの透明粘着剤(製品名「PD-S1」、パナック株式会社製)で貼り付けた。そして、分光光度計(製品名「UV-2600」、株式会社島津製作所製)の測定部に第2面に黒色アクリル板が貼り付けられたサンプル1を設置し、第1面の視感反射率を測定した。また、分光光度計(製品名「UV-2600」、株式会社島津製作所製)の測定部に第1面に黒色アクリル板が貼り付けられたサンプル2を設置し、第2面の視感反射率を測定した。視感反射率は、上記両面反射率測定の欄で説明した手順と同様の手順で求めた。そして、測定された第1面の視感反射率と第2面の視感反射率を比較して、第1面の視感反射率と第2面の視感反射率の大小関係を得た。また、第1面の視感反射率と第2面の視感反射率の差の絶対値(|第1面の視感反射率-第2面の視感反射率|)であるΔY2を求めた。
実施例26~32および比較例14~18に係る両面反射防止積層体において、視認性評価を行った。具体的には、各両面反射防止積層体から350mm×250mmの大きさのサンプルを切り出した。そして、市販のフェイスシールドのフィルムを外し、このフィルムの代わりに顔面、特に口の前にサンプルが配置されるようにサンプルをフェイスシールドのフィルムの支持体に貼り付けた。この際、両面反射防止積層体の第1面が口側となるようにサンプルを貼り付けた。そして、これらのサンプルを、25℃、相対湿度50%の環境下で、明室(1000Lux、光源:白色光源)で30分会話した。そして、この30分間において、反射光等の映り込みの有無、口元の曇りの有無、視界の良さを確認した。観察距離は1mとし、フェイスシールドの着用人の正面から観察した。評価基準は以下の通りとした。被験者は、20代~50代の10人とした。
AA:全ての人において、両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが3秒以内に消え、その後も曇り難く、口元が良く見えた。表情等が読み取れないほどの映り込みもなかった。
A:8人~9人において、両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが3秒以内に消え、その後も曇り難く、口元が良く見えた。表情等が読み取れないほどの映り込みもなかった。
B:3人以上において、両面反射防止積層体の第1面の曇りが消えず、口元が良く見えなかった。
10A、20A、30A、40A、50A…表面
11…基材
12…機能層
13…低屈折率層
60…画像表示装置
70…表示パネル
90…空気層
100…前面板
120…顔用透明保護具
140、180、190…両面反射防止積層体
Claims (21)
- 機能層と、屈折率が前記機能層の屈折率よりも低い低屈折率層とを備える透明積層体であって、
前記低屈折率層の表面が前記透明積層体の表面をなし、
前記透明積層体を-15℃の環境下に5分間放置した後に20℃以上25℃以下、相対湿度40%以上70%以下の環境下に移して5分間放置する防曇性試験を行ったとき、前記透明積層体の前記表面が曇らず、かつ
前記防曇性試験前後における前記透明積層体の前記表面の視感反射率Yの差の絶対値であるΔY1が、0.2%以下である、透明積層体。 - 機能層と、屈折率が前記機能層の屈折率よりも低い低屈折率層とを備える透明積層体であって、
前記透明積層体の表面でのフーリエ変換赤外分光法によるスペクトルにおいて、1150cm-1~1000cm-1の第1波数域の第1ピーク強度に対する1780cm-1~1700cm-1の第2波数域の第2ピーク強度の比が1.25以上2.20以下である、透明積層体。 - 機能層と、屈折率が前記機能層の屈折率よりも低い低屈折率層とを備える透明積層体であって、
前記透明積層体の表面でのフーリエ変換赤外分光法による吸収スペクトルにおいて、1150cm-1~1000cm-1の第1波数域の第1ピーク強度に対する1780cm-1~1700cm-1の第2波数域の第2ピーク強度の比が0.01以上0.40以下である、透明積層体。 - 前記透明積層体の前記表面における最大高さに対する算術平均粗さの比が0.02以上0.15以下である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記透明積層体の前記表面でのインデンテーション硬さが、20MPa以上100MPa以下であり、かつ前記透明積層体の前記表面での複合弾性率が、0.15GPa以上1.5GPa以下である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記低屈折率層の膜厚が、200nm以下である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記機能層の膜厚が、3μm以上である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記機能層が親水基を含み、前記低屈折率層が前記機能層に隣接している、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記透明積層体の前記表面における水に対する接触角が90°以上である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記低屈折率層が、中空シリカ粒子を含む、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記機能層が、ハードコート層である、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記機能層における前記低屈折率層側の面とは反対側の面に設けられた基材をさらに備える、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 前記基材が、樹脂またはガラスを含む、請求項12に記載の透明積層体。
- 画像表示装置、顔用透明保護具、透明フィルムカーテン、または透明パーテーションに用いられる、請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体。
- 表示パネルと、前記表示パネルの観察者側に、前記表示パネルとの間に空気層を介して配置された光透過性の前面板とを備える画像表示装置であって、
前記前面板が、基材と、前記基材の前記表示パネル側および観察者側の少なくともいずれか一方に配置された請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項記載の透明積層体とを備える、画像表示装置。 - 両面に反射防止機能を有する両面反射防止積層体であって、
請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層体と、
前記透明積層体の前記表面とは反対の裏面側に配置された反射防止フィルムと、
前記透明積層体と前記反射防止フィルムとを接合する透明接着層と、
を備える、両面反射防止積層体。 - 前記両面反射防止積層体が顔用透明保護具に用いられ、前記透明積層体の前記表面が顔側に位置する、請求項16に記載の両面反射防止積層体。
- 前記両面反射防止積層体の全光線透過率が、90%以上である、請求項16に記載の両面反射防止積層体。
- 前記両面反射防止積層体の両面反射率が0.1%以上2%以下であり、かつ前記透明積層体の視感反射率が前記反射防止フィルムの視感反射率以上である、請求項16に記載の両面反射防止積層体。
- 前記両面反射防止積層体の両面反射率が0.1%以上2%以下であり、かつ前記透明積層体の視感反射率と前記反射防止フィルムの視感反射率の差の絶対値であるΔY2が1.0%以下である、請求項16に記載の両面反射防止積層体。
- 支持部材と、
前記支持部材に取り付けられた請求項16に記載の両面反射防止積層体と、を備え、
前記透明積層体の前記表面が顔側に位置する、顔用透明保護具。
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022534080A JPWO2022004785A1 (ja) | 2020-06-30 | 2021-06-30 | |
CN202180050519.9A CN115956213A (zh) | 2020-06-30 | 2021-06-30 | 透明层积体、图像显示装置、双面防反射层积体和脸部用透明保护用具 |
KR1020237002775A KR20230029880A (ko) | 2020-06-30 | 2021-06-30 | 투명 적층체, 화상 표시 장치, 양면 반사 방지 적층체 및 얼굴용 투명 보호구 |
US18/003,823 US20240027652A1 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2021-06-30 | Transparent laminate, image display device, double-sided antireflection laminate, and facial transparent protector |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020113538 | 2020-06-30 | ||
JP2020-113538 | 2020-06-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022004785A1 true WO2022004785A1 (ja) | 2022-01-06 |
Family
ID=79316296
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2021/024740 WO2022004785A1 (ja) | 2020-06-30 | 2021-06-30 | 透明積層体、画像表示装置、両面反射防止積層体、および顔用透明保護具 |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20240027652A1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JPWO2022004785A1 (ja) |
KR (1) | KR20230029880A (ja) |
CN (1) | CN115956213A (ja) |
TW (1) | TW202206271A (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2022004785A1 (ja) |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000075104A (ja) * | 1998-09-02 | 2000-03-14 | Canon Inc | 防曇光学物品およびその製造方法 |
JP2005121870A (ja) * | 2003-10-16 | 2005-05-12 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | 反射防止積層体 |
JP2010002481A (ja) * | 2008-06-18 | 2010-01-07 | Fujimori Kogyo Co Ltd | ディスプレイ用前面板および前面板用の積層フィルムの製造方法 |
WO2011070944A1 (ja) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-16 | シャープ株式会社 | アクティブマトリクス基板及び表示装置 |
JP2016029446A (ja) * | 2014-07-23 | 2016-03-03 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 顔面保護用透明フィルム |
JP2016123692A (ja) * | 2014-12-29 | 2016-07-11 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | シールド付きマスク |
JP2017114106A (ja) * | 2015-12-18 | 2017-06-29 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 防曇防汚積層体、物品、及びその製造方法 |
JP2019028313A (ja) * | 2017-07-31 | 2019-02-21 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | 低反射板 |
JP2019123246A (ja) * | 2013-08-09 | 2019-07-25 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 透明積層体、及びそれを用いた保護具 |
JP2019142196A (ja) * | 2018-02-23 | 2019-08-29 | 日油株式会社 | 防曇性反射防止フィルム |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6541052B2 (ja) | 2014-08-04 | 2019-07-10 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | パネルユニット、ガラスパネル及びパネル材 |
-
2021
- 2021-06-30 CN CN202180050519.9A patent/CN115956213A/zh active Pending
- 2021-06-30 TW TW110124011A patent/TW202206271A/zh unknown
- 2021-06-30 US US18/003,823 patent/US20240027652A1/en active Pending
- 2021-06-30 JP JP2022534080A patent/JPWO2022004785A1/ja active Pending
- 2021-06-30 KR KR1020237002775A patent/KR20230029880A/ko unknown
- 2021-06-30 WO PCT/JP2021/024740 patent/WO2022004785A1/ja active Application Filing
Patent Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000075104A (ja) * | 1998-09-02 | 2000-03-14 | Canon Inc | 防曇光学物品およびその製造方法 |
JP2005121870A (ja) * | 2003-10-16 | 2005-05-12 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | 反射防止積層体 |
JP2010002481A (ja) * | 2008-06-18 | 2010-01-07 | Fujimori Kogyo Co Ltd | ディスプレイ用前面板および前面板用の積層フィルムの製造方法 |
WO2011070944A1 (ja) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-16 | シャープ株式会社 | アクティブマトリクス基板及び表示装置 |
JP2019123246A (ja) * | 2013-08-09 | 2019-07-25 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 透明積層体、及びそれを用いた保護具 |
JP2016029446A (ja) * | 2014-07-23 | 2016-03-03 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 顔面保護用透明フィルム |
JP2016123692A (ja) * | 2014-12-29 | 2016-07-11 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | シールド付きマスク |
JP2017114106A (ja) * | 2015-12-18 | 2017-06-29 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | 防曇防汚積層体、物品、及びその製造方法 |
JP2019028313A (ja) * | 2017-07-31 | 2019-02-21 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | 低反射板 |
JP2019142196A (ja) * | 2018-02-23 | 2019-08-29 | 日油株式会社 | 防曇性反射防止フィルム |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW202206271A (zh) | 2022-02-16 |
JPWO2022004785A1 (ja) | 2022-01-06 |
US20240027652A1 (en) | 2024-01-25 |
KR20230029880A (ko) | 2023-03-03 |
CN115956213A (zh) | 2023-04-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6935463B2 (ja) | 偏光板用保護フィルム及びそれを用いた偏光板 | |
US9835768B2 (en) | Anti-glare film, polarizer, liquid-crystal panel, and image display device | |
KR100959049B1 (ko) | 방현성 하드 코트 필름 | |
KR102074296B1 (ko) | 방현 필름, 편광판, 액정 패널 및 화상 표시 장치 | |
US8591046B2 (en) | Hard-coated antiglare film, polarizing plate and image display including the same, and method for producing the same | |
JP6950680B2 (ja) | 保護フィルム、光学フィルム、積層体、偏光板、画像表示装置、および偏光板の製造方法 | |
KR102635865B1 (ko) | 광학 필름, 편광판 및 화상 표시 장치 | |
JP2007322779A (ja) | 防眩性ハードコートフィルム、偏光板及びそれを用いた液晶表示装置 | |
JP2008090263A (ja) | 防眩性ハードコートフィルム、防眩性ハードコートフィルムの製造方法、光学素子、偏光板および画像表示装置 | |
KR20200103803A (ko) | 광학 적층체, 편광판, 디스플레이 패널 및 화상 표시 장치 | |
WO2019065865A1 (ja) | 防眩フィルム及びそれを用いた表示装置 | |
JP6856028B2 (ja) | 光学フィルム、偏光フィルム、偏光フィルムの製造方法、および画像表示装置 | |
WO2018180304A1 (ja) | 光学フィルムおよび画像表示装置 | |
JP2015227934A (ja) | 反射防止フィルム、偏光板、および画像表示装置 | |
WO2021014776A1 (ja) | 防眩フィルムならびにその製造方法および用途 | |
JP7343023B1 (ja) | 光学フィルム、並びに、前記光学フィルムを用いた偏光板、表面板、画像表示パネル及び画像表示装置、並びに、前記光学フィルムの製造方法、並びに、光学フィルムの選定方法 | |
WO2022004785A1 (ja) | 透明積層体、画像表示装置、両面反射防止積層体、および顔用透明保護具 | |
JPWO2019035398A1 (ja) | 光学フィルム、偏光板、および画像表示装置 | |
JP7484882B2 (ja) | 樹脂層、光学フィルムおよび画像表示装置 | |
JP2024095702A (ja) | 樹脂層、光学フィルムおよび画像表示装置 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21832189 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022534080 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 18003823 Country of ref document: US |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21832189 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |